Document:

exv4w6

 

Exhibit 4.6

EXECUTION COPY

 

FLAG ACQUISITION CORPORATION

(to be merged with and into Metals USA, Inc.),

as Issuer

the GUARANTORS named herein

111/8% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2015

 

INDENTURE

Dated as of November 30, 2005

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.,

as Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Page	 
	 
	 	ARTICLE 1	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 1.01.
	 	Definitions	 	 	1	 
	Section 1.02.
	 	Other Definitions	 	 	35	 
	Section 1.03.
	 	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	 	 	36	 
	Section 1.04.
	 	Rules of Construction	 	 	36	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	ARTICLE 2	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	THE NOTES	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 2.01.
	 	Amount of Notes; Issuable in Series	 	 	37	 
	Section 2.02.
	 	Form and Dating	 	 	38	 
	Section 2.03.
	 	Execution and Authentication	 	 	38	 
	Section 2.04.
	 	Registrar and Paying Agent	 	 	39	 
	Section 2.05.
	 	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	 	 	39	 
	Section 2.06.
	 	Holder Lists	 	 	40	 
	Section 2.07.
	 	Transfer and Exchange	 	 	40	 
	Section 2.08.
	 	Replacement Notes	 	 	41	 
	Section 2.09.
	 	Outstanding Notes	 	 	41	 
	Section 2.10.
	 	Temporary Notes	 	 	42	 
	Section 2.11.
	 	Cancellation	 	 	42	 
	Section 2.12.
	 	Defaulted Interest	 	 	42	 
	Section 2.13.
	 	CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc	 	 	42	 
	Section 2.14.
	 	Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes	 	 	42	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 ARTICLE 3	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	REDEMPTION	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 3.01.
	 	Redemption	 	 	43	 
	Section 3.02.
	 	Applicability of Article	 	 	43	 
	Section 3.03.
	 	Notices to Trustee	 	 	43	 
	Section 3.04.
	 	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed	 	 	43	 
	Section 3.05.
	 	Notice of Optional Redemption	 	 	43	 
	Section 3.06.
	 	Effect of Notice of Redemption	 	 	44	 
	Section 3.07.
	 	Deposit of Redemption Price	 	 	45	 
	Section 3.08.
	 	Notes Redeemed in Part	 	 	45	 

-i-

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Page	 
	 
	 	ARTICLE 4	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	COVENANTS	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 4.01.
	 	Payment of Notes	 	 	45	 
	Section 4.02.
	 	Reports and Other Information	 	 	45	 
	Section 4.03.
	 	Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock	 	 	46	 
	Section 4.04.
	 	Limitation on Restricted Payments	 	 	52	 
	Section 4.05.
	 	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries	 	 	60	 
	Section 4.06.
	 	Asset Sales	 	 	62	 
	Section 4.07.
	 	Transactions with Affiliates	 	 	66	 
	Section 4.08.
	 	Change of Control	 	 	69	 
	Section 4.09.
	 	Compliance Certificate	 	 	70	 
	Section 4.10.
	 	Further Instruments and Acts	 	 	71	 
	Section 4.11.
	 	Future Guarantors	 	 	71	 
	Section 4.12.
	 	Liens	 	 	71	 
	Section 4.13.
	 	Maintenance of Office or Agency	 	 	72	 
	Section 4.14.
	 	Impairment of Security Interest	 	 	72	 
	Section 4.15.
	 	After-Acquired Property	 	 	72	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	ARTICLE 5	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF ALL OR SUBSTANTIALLY ALL ASSETS	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 5.01.
	 	Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets	 	 	73	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	ARTICLE 6	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 6.01.
	 	Events of Default	 	 	76	 
	Section 6.02.
	 	Acceleration	 	 	78	 
	Section 6.03.
	 	Other Remedies	 	 	78	 
	Section 6.04.
	 	Waiver of Past Defaults	 	 	79	 
	Section 6.05.
	 	Control by Majority	 	 	79	 
	Section 6.06.
	 	Limitation on Suits	 	 	79	 
	Section 6.07.
	 	Rights of the Holders to Receive Payment	 	 	79	 
	Section 6.08.
	 	Collection Suit by Trustee	 	 	80	 
	Section 6.09.
	 	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	 	 	80	 
	Section 6.10.
	 	Priorities	 	 	80	 
	Section 6.11.
	 	Undertaking for Costs	 	 	80	 
	Section 6.12.
	 	Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws	 	 	81	 

-ii-

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Page	 
	 
	 	ARTICLE 7	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 TRUSTEE	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 7.01.
	 	Duties of Trustee	 	 	81	 
	Section 7.02.
	 	Rights of Trustee	 	 	82	 
	Section 7.03.
	 	Individual Rights of Trustee	 	 	83	 
	Section 7.04.
	 	Trustee’s Disclaimer	 	 	83	 
	Section 7.05.
	 	Notice of Defaults	 	 	84	 
	Section 7.06.
	 	Reports by Trustee to the Holders	 	 	84	 
	Section 7.07.
	 	Compensation and Indemnity	 	 	84	 
	Section 7.08.
	 	Replacement of Trustee	 	 	85	 
	Section 7.09.
	 	Successor Trustee by Merger	 	 	86	 
	Section 7.10.
	 	Eligibility; Disqualification	 	 	86	 
	Section 7.11.
	 	Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company	 	 	86	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 ARTICLE 8	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	  DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 8.01.
	 	Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance	 	 	87	 
	Section 8.02.
	 	Conditions to Defeasance	 	 	88	 
	Section 8.03.
	 	Application of Trust Money	 	 	89	 
	Section 8.04.
	 	Repayment to the Company	 	 	89	 
	Section 8.05.
	 	Indemnity for Government Obligations	 	 	90	 
	Section 8.06.
	 	Reinstatement	 	 	90	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 ARTICLE 9	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 9.01.
	 	Without Consent of the Holders	 	 	90	 
	Section 9.02.
	 	With Consent of the Holders	 	 	91	 
	Section 9.03.
	 	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	 	 	92	 
	Section 9.04.
	 	Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers	 	 	92	 
	Section 9.05.
	 	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	 	 	93	 
	Section 9.06.
	 	Trustee to Sign Amendments	 	 	93	 
	Section 9.07.
	 	Payment for Consent	 	 	93	 
	Section 9.08.
	 	Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount	 	 	93	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 ARTICLE 10	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	GUARANTEES	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 10.01.
	 	Guarantees	 	 	94	 
	Section 10.02.
	 	Limitation on Liability	 	 	96	 
	Section 10.03.
	 	Successors and Assigns	 	 	97	 

-iii-

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Page	 
	Section 10.04.
	 	No Waiver	 	 	97	 
	Section 10.05.
	 	Modification	 	 	97	 
	Section 10.06.
	 	Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors	 	 	97	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	ARTICLE 11	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	SECURITY DOCUMENTS	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 11.01.
	 	Collateral and Security Documents	 	 	98	 
	Section 11.02.
	 	Recordings and Opinions	 	 	99	 
	Section 11.03.
	 	Release of Collateral	 	 	100	 
	Section 11.04.
	 	Permitted Releases Not To Impair Lien; Trust Indenture Act Requirements	 	 	101	 
	Section 11.05.
	 	Certificates of the Trustee	 	 	101	 
	Section 11.06.
	 	Suits To Protect the Collateral	 	 	102	 
	Section 11.07.
	 	Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Documents	 	 	102	 
	Section 11.08.
	 	Purchaser Protected	 	 	102	 
	Section 11.09.
	 	Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee	 	 	102	 
	Section 11.10.
	 	Release Upon Termination of the Company’s Obligations	 	 	103	 
	Section 11.11.
	 	Notes Collateral Agent	 	 	103	 
	Section 11.12.
	 	Designations	 	 	107	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	ARTICLE 12	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	ARTICLE 13	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	MISCELLANEOUS	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 13.01.
	 	Trust Indenture Act Controls	 	 	107	 
	Section 13.02.
	 	Notices	 	 	108	 
	Section 13.03.
	 	Communication by the Holders with Other Holders	 	 	108	 
	Section 13.04.
	 	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	 	 	108	 
	Section 13.05.
	 	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	 	 	109	 
	Section 13.06.
	 	When Notes Disregarded	 	 	109	 
	Section 13.07.
	 	Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar	 	 	109	 
	Section 13.08.
	 	Legal Holidays	 	 	109	 
	Section 13.09.
	 	GOVERNING LAW	 	 	109	 
	Section 13.10.
	 	No Recourse Against Others	 	 	109	 
	Section 13.11.
	 	Successors	 	 	110	 
	Section 13.12.
	 	Multiple Originals	 	 	110	 
	Section 13.13.
	 	Table of Contents; Headings	 	 	110	 
	Section 13.14.
	 	Indenture Controls	 	 	110	 
	Section 13.15.
	 	Intercreditor Agreement Governs	 	 	108	 

-iv-

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Page	 
	Section 13.16.
	 	Severability	 	 	110	 
	Section 13.17.
	 	Currency of Account; Conversion of Currency; Foreign Exchange Restrictions	 	 	110	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Appendix A – Rule 144A/Regulation S/IAI Appendix	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 
	 
	 	Exhibit 1 – Form of Initial Note
	 
	 	Exhibit A – Form of Exchange Note or Private Exchange Note
	 
	 	Exhibit 2 – Form of Letter of Representation
	 
	 	 
	Appendix B – Form of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors

-v-

 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

	 	 	 	 	 
	TIA	 	 	 	Indenture
	Section	 	 	 	Section
	310
	 	(a)(1)	 	7.10
	 
	 	(a)(2)	 	7.10
	 
	 	(a)(3)	 	N.A.
	 
	 	(a)(4)	 	N.A.
	 
	 	(b)	 	7.08; 7.10
	 
	 	(c)	 	N.A.
	311
	 	(a)	 	7.11
	 
	 	(b)	 	7.11
	 
	 	(c)	 	N.A.
	312
	 	(a)	 	2.06
	 
	 	(b)	 	13.03
	 
	 	(c)	 	13.03
	313
	 	(a)	 	7.06
	 
	 	(b)(1)	 	N.A.
	 
	 	(b)(2)	 	7.06
	 
	 	(c)	 	7.06
	 
	 	(d)	 	7.06
	314
	 	(a)	 	4.02; 4.09
	 
	 	(b)	 	N.A.
	 
	 	(c)(1)	 	13.04
	 
	 	(c)(2)	 	13.04
	 
	 	(c)(3)	 	N.A.
	 
	 	(d)	 	11.04
	 
	 	(e)	 	N.A.
	 
	 	(f)	 	4.10
	315
	 	(a)	 	7.01
	 
	 	(b)	 	7.05
	 
	 	(c)	 	7.01
	 
	 	(d)	 	7.01
	 
	 	(e)	 	6.11
	316
	 	(a) (last sentence)	 	13.06
	 
	 	(a)(1)(A)	 	6.05
	 
	 	(a)(1)(B)	 	6.04
	 
	 	(a)(2)	 	N.A.
	 
	 	(b)	 	6.07
	317
	 	(a)(1)	 	6.08
	 
	 	(a)(2)	 	6.09
	 
	 	(b)	 	2.05
	318
	 	(a)	 	13.01

N.A. Means Not Applicable.

			
	Note:	 	This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purposes, be deemed to be part of this
Indenture

-vi-

 

     INDENTURE dated as of November 30, 2005 among Flag Acquisition
Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Flag Acquisition”), Flag Intermediate
Holdings Corporation, a Delaware corporation, the Subsidiary Guarantors (as
defined herein) and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, and the Notes
Collateral Agent (as defined herein).

          Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and
ratable benefit of the Holders of Notes issued under this Indenture.

ARTICLE 1

          DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

          SECTION 1.01. Definitions.

          “ABL Collateral” means any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any
time hereafter acquired by the Company or any Guarantor: (a) all Accounts; (b) all Inventory; (c)
to the extent evidencing, governing, securing or otherwise related to the items referred to in the
preceding clauses (a) and (b), all (i) General Intangibles, (ii) Chattel Paper, (iii) Instruments
and (iv) Documents; (d) all Payment Intangibles (including corporate tax refunds), other than any
Payment Intangibles that represent tax refunds in respect of or otherwise relate to real property,
Fixtures or Equipment; (e) all Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its subsidiaries that arises from
cash advances made after the date hereof to enable the obligor or obligors thereon to acquire
Inventory; (f) all collection accounts, deposit accounts and commodity accounts and any cash or
other assets in any such accounts (other than identifiable cash proceeds in respect of real estate,
Fixtures or Equipment); (g) all books and records related to the foregoing; and (h) all Products
and Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing in whatever form received, including proceeds of
insurance policies related to Inventory of the Company or any Guarantor and business interruption
insurance. All capitalized terms used in this definition and not defined elsewhere herein have the
meanings assigned to them in the Uniform Commercial Code.

          “ABL Facility” means the credit agreement among Holdings, the Company, certain Subsidiaries of
the Company, the financial institutions named therein, Credit Suisse, as Administrative Agent, and
Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent, dated as of the Issue Date, as amended, extended,
renewed, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether
with the original agents, lenders or otherwise), restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or
otherwise modified from time to time, including any agreement or indenture or multiple agreements
and indentures extending the maturity thereof, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring
all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or agreements or indenture or
indentures or any successor or replacement agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or
increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof and adding
Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers, issuers or guarantors thereunder.

          “Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person:

 

 

     (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged
with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

     (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person, in
each case, other than Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, in contemplation of, or to provide
all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series
of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary
or was otherwise acquired by such Person, or such asset was acquired by such Person, as applicable.

          “Additional Notes” means the 111/8% Senior Secured Notes Due 2015 issued under the terms of this
Indenture subsequent to the Issue Date.

          “Adjusted EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net
Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication, to the extent the same was
deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income:

     (1) Consolidated Taxes; plus

     (2) Consolidated Interest Expense; provided, however, such amount will be included in
Adjusted EBITDA notwithstanding that such amount was not deducted in calculating
Consolidated Net Income; plus

     (3) Consolidated Non-cash Charges; plus

     (4) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related
expenses paid to the Sponsor or its predecessor (or any accruals relating to such fees and
related expenses) during such period; provided, however, that such amount shall not exceed
in any four-quarter period commencing after September 30, 2005 the amount determined in
accordance with Section 4.07(b)(iii); plus

     (5) facility closure and severance costs and charges; plus

     (6) impairment charges, including the write-down of Investments; plus

     (7) non-operating expenses; plus

     (8) restructuring expenses and charges;

less, without duplication,

     (9) non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding any
items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash
charges in any prior period, including the amortization of employee benefit plan prior
service costs); minus

     (10) non-operating income.

-2-

 

          “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling
or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For
purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms
“controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any
Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction
of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities,
by agreement or otherwise.

          “After-Acquired Property” means (i) equipment or fixtures acquired by the Company or any
Guarantor after the Issue Date which constitute accretions, additions or technological upgrades to
the equipment or fixtures that form part of the Notes Collateral, (ii) any equipment, fixtures and
real estate of the Company or any Guarantor acquired after the Issue Date and which is not subject
to a Permitted Lien pursuant to clause (6) or (10) of the definition thereof, (iii) any assets
acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with Section 4.06(a)(iii) or
pursuant to an Asset Sale Investment contemplated by Section 4.06(b)(i), (iv) all Capital Stock of
the Company issued after the Issue Date, (v) all of the Capital Stock acquired after the Issue Date
(subject to the limits described in Section 11.01(b)) and held by the Company, Holdings or any
Subsidiary Guarantor (which, in the case of any first-tier Foreign Subsidiary, will be limited to
100% of the non-voting stock (if any) and 65% of the voting stock of such first-tier Foreign
Subsidiary) and (vi) substantially all of the other tangible and intangible assets of the Company,
Holdings and each Subsidiary Guarantor acquired after the Issue Date; provided, however, that in no
event shall After-Acquired Property include any Excluded Assets.

          “Applicable Premium” means,

          (1) with respect to any Note on any applicable redemption date, the greater of:

     (a) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of such Note; and

     (b) the excess of:

     (A) the present value at such redemption date of the sum of (i) the redemption
price of such Note at December 1, 2010 (such redemption price being set forth in
Paragraph 5 of such Note) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note
through December 1, 2010 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), such present value
to be computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such
redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

     (B) the then outstanding principal amount of such Note.

     “Asset Sale” means:

     (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single
transaction or a series of related transactions) of assets (including by way of a
Sale/Leaseback Transaction) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other
than in the ordinary course of business (each referred to in this definition as a
“disposition”) or

-3-

 

     (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than
to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than directors’ or
other legally required qualifying shares) (whether in a single transaction or a series of
related transactions),

in each case other than:

     (a) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

     (b) disposition of obsolete, damaged or worn out equipment or other property or
other disposals of equipment or other property in connection with reinvestment in or
replacement of equipment or other property, in each case, in the ordinary course of
business;

     (c) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in
a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or any disposition that constitutes a
Change of Control;

     (d) any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be
made, and is made, under Section 4.04;

     (e) any disposition of assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or
issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, which assets or
Equity Interests so disposed or issued have an aggregate Fair Market Value of less
than $4.5 million; provided, however, that the aggregate Fair Market Value of all
dispositions made pursuant to this clause (e) shall not exceed $16 million;

     (f) any disposition of assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
having an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $750,000;

     (g) any disposition of assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company, including by way of merger;

     (h) any exchange of assets for assets related to a Similar Business to the
extent of comparable or better market value, as determined in good faith by the
Company, which in the event of an exchange of assets with a Fair Market Value in
excess of (1) $3.5 million shall be evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate, and (2)
$10.0 million shall be set forth in a resolution approved in good faith by at least
a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company;

     (i) any disposition of assets received by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries upon the foreclosure on a Lien;

     (j) any disposition of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities
of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

     (k) any disposition of ABL Collateral;

-4-

 

     (l) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the
ordinary course of business;

     (m) any disposition of accounts receivable and related assets of the type
specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” to a Receivables Subsidiary
in a Qualified Receivables Financing or in factoring or similar transactions;

     (n) a transfer of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified
in the definition of “Receivables Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest
therein) by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing;

     (o) any agreement or arrangement involving, relating to or otherwise
facilitating, (i) requirements contracts, (ii) tolling arrangements or (iii) the
reservation or presale of production capacity of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries by one or more third parties;

     (p) sales or grants of licenses or sublicenses to use the Company’s or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries trademarks, patents, trade secrets, know-how or other
intellectual property and technology to the extent that such sale, license or
sublicense does not prohibit the licensor from using such trademark, patent, trade
secret, know-how, technology or other intellectual property;

     (q) any Sale/Leaseback Transaction pursuant to which the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiaries receives with respect to such transaction aggregate
consideration of less than $10.0 million; and

     (r) any other disposition of property or assets owned by the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the aggregate Fair Market Value
of all property and assets disposed of pursuant to this clause (r) shall be less
than $16.5 million.

          For purposes of this definition of “Asset Sale,” a transaction that would otherwise be an
Asset Sale need not be excluded pursuant solely to one clause above and may be divided among the
clauses above as well as excluded in part pursuant to one or more of such clauses and treated in
part as an Asset Sale under Section 4.06.

          “Asset Sale Cash Equivalents” means, in connection with an Asset Sale by the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries:

     (a) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s
most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than liabilities that are by their terms
subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantees of the Notes, as the case may be) that
are assumed by the transferee of any assets pursuant to an Asset Sale;

     (b) any notes or other obligations or other securities or assets received by
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are

-5-

 

converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180
days of the receipt thereof (to the extent of the cash received); and

     (c) except in the case of an Asset Sale of any Notes Collateral, any Designated
Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all
other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is
at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of 3.0% of Total Assets and
$20.0 million at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration
(with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being
measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in
value).

          “Asset Sale Investment” means an investment in any one or more businesses, assets or capital
expenditures, in each case used or useful in a Similar Business; provided, however, that if such
investment is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock of a Person, such acquisition results
in such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or, if such Person is a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company, in an increase in the percentage ownership of such Person by the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

          “Bank Collateral Agent” means Bank of America, N.A. and any successor under the ABL Facility,
or if there is no ABL Facility, the “Bank Collateral Agent” designated pursuant to the terms of the
Lenders Debt.

          “Bank Lenders” means the lenders or holders of Indebtedness issued under the ABL Facility.

          “Bank Representative” means any trustee, agent or representative with respect to Indebtedness
issued under the ABL Facility.

          “Board of Directors” means, as to any Person, the board of directors or managers, as
applicable, of such Person (or, if such Person is a partnership, the board of directors or other
governing body of the general partner of such Person) or any duly authorized committee thereof.

          “Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

          “Capital Stock” means:

     (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

     (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests,
participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

     (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or
membership interests (whether general or limited); and

     (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a
share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

-6-

 

          “Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the
amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be
capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in
accordance with GAAP.

          “Cash Contribution Amount” means the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the
capital of the Company described in the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.”

     “Cash Equivalents” means:

     (1) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros, or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary
that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the
ordinary course of business;

     (2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government of,
or any agency or instrumentality thereof, the United States of America, Australia, Great
Britain, Canada, the Netherlands or any other member state of the European Union, in each
case with maturities not exceeding two years after the date of acquisition;

     (3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities
of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances, in each case with
maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits and demand deposits (in their
respective local currencies), in each case with any commercial bank having capital and
surplus in excess of $500.0 million or the foreign currency equivalent thereof and whose
long-term debt is rated “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or, in the case of
an obligor domiciled outside of the United States, reasonably equivalent ratings of another
internationally recognized credit rating agency);

     (4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses
(2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications
specified in clause (3) above;

     (5) commercial paper issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Company)
rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or, in the case of an
obligor domiciled outside of the United States, reasonably equivalent ratings of another
internationally recognized credit rating agency) and in each case maturing within one year
after the date of acquisition;

     (6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of
America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories
obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P in each case with maturities not exceeding two years
from the date of acquisition;

     (7) Indebtedness issued by Persons (other than the Sponsor or any of their Affiliates)
with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s (or, in the case of
an obligor domiciled outside of the United States, reasonably equivalent ratings of another
internationally recognized credit rating agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding
two years from the date of acquisition; and

-7-

 

     (8) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types
described in clauses (1) through (7) above.

     “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

     (i) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or
substantially all the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to a
Person other than any of the Permitted Holders; or

     (ii) the Company becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to
Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) of the
acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section
14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for
the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule
13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than any of the Permitted Holders, in a single
transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other
business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3
under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of more than 50% of the total voting
power of the Voting Stock of the Company; or

     (iii) individuals who on the Issue Date constituted the Board of Directors of the
Company (together with any new directors whose election by such Board of Directors of the
Company or whose nomination for election by the shareholders of the Company was approved by
(a) a vote of a majority of the directors of the Company then still in office who were
either directors on the Issue Date or whose election or nomination for election was
previously approved as described in this clause (iii) or (b) the Permitted Holders) cease
for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company then in
office.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Transactions (and any related change to the Board of
Directors of the Company) shall not constitute a Change of Control.

          “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          “Collateral” means all the assets and properties subject to the Liens created by the Security
Documents.

          “Company” means, prior to the Merger, Flag Acquisition and immediately upon consummation of
the Merger, Metals USA, and any successor in interest thereto, including any successor thereto
pursuant to Section 5.01(a).

          “consolidated” means, with respect to any Person, such Person consolidated with its Restricted
Subsidiaries, and shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of such Person in
an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be accounted for as an Investment.

-8-

 

          “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person (the “Specified Person”) for
any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

     (1) consolidated interest expense of the Specified Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing
Consolidated Net Income (including amortization of original issue discount, the interest
component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and net payments and receipts (if any) pursuant
to interest rate Hedging Obligations and excluding amortization of deferred financing fees
and expensing of any bridge or other financing fees);

     (2) consolidated capitalized interest of the Specified Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued;

     (3) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges Incurred for such period
in connection with any Receivables Financing of the Specified Person or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries which are payable to Persons other than the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries;

     (4) dividends accrued for such period in respect of all Disqualified Stock of the
Specified Person and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and all Preferred Stock (including
Designated Preferred Stock) of any such Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case held by
Persons other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (in each such case other than
(x) dividends payable solely in Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company
and (y) dividends that are payable only at such time as there are no Notes outstanding); and

     (5) interest accruing for such period on any Indebtedness of any other Person to the
extent such Indebtedness is guaranteed by (or secured by the assets of) the Specified Person
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

     less

     (6) interest income of the Specified Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such
period.

          “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate Net
Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis;
provided, however, that:

     (1) any net after-tax extraordinary or nonrecurring gains, losses, income, expenses or
charges, including any severance expenses and fees, expenses or charges related to any
offering of Equity Interests, Permitted Investment, acquisition or Indebtedness permitted to
be Incurred by this Indenture (in each case, whether or not successful), including any such
fees, expenses, charges or change in control payments related to the Transactions, in each
case, shall be excluded; provided, however, that with respect to each nonrecurring item, the
Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate specifying and
quantifying such item and stating that such item is a nonrecurring item;

-9-

 

     (2) any increase in amortization or depreciation or any one-time non-cash charges (such
as purchased in-process research and development or capitalized manufacturing profit in
inventory) resulting from purchase accounting in connection with the Transactions or any
acquisition that is consummated after the Issue Date shall be excluded;

     (3) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change
in accounting principles during such period;

     (4) any net after-tax income or loss from discontinued operations and any net after-tax
gains or losses on disposal of discontinued operations shall be excluded;

     (5) any net after-tax gains or losses or any subsequent charges or expenses,
attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions having occurred at any time
other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of
Directors of the Company) shall be excluded;

     (6) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to the early extinguishment of
Indebtedness shall be excluded;

     (7) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of such
Person, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of
accounting, shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions
or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person
or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

     (8) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments
under Section 4.04(a)(3)(A), the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary
shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar
distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of
determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been
obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any
agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation
applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restrictions with
respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions have been legally waived;
provided, however, that the net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall
be included;

     (9) an amount equal to the amount of Tax Distributions actually made by such Person to
the holders of Capital Stock of such Person or any parent company of such Person in respect
of such period in accordance with Section 4.04(b)(xii) shall be included, to the extent not
otherwise deducted, as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such
Person for such period;

     (10) any non-cash impairment charges or asset write-off or write-down resulting from
the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 or Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, and the amortization of

-10-

 

intangibles arising pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141,
shall be excluded;

     (11) any non-cash expense realized or resulting from any employee benefit plans or
post-employment benefit plans or any deferred stock compensation plan or grants of stock
appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights to officers,
directors and employees of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be
excluded;

     (12) solely for purposes of calculating Adjusted EBITDA, (a) the Net Income of any
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be calculated without deducting the income
attributable to, or adding the losses attributable to, the minority equity interests of
third parties in any non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary except to the extent of
dividends declared or paid in respect of such period or any prior period on the shares of
Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary held by such third parties and (b) any ordinary
course dividend, distribution or other payment paid in cash and received from any Person in
excess of amounts included in clause (7) above shall be included;

     (13) non-cash gains, losses, income and expenses resulting from fair value accounting
required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 shall be excluded;

     (14) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Issue
Date and that are so required to be established in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded;
and

     (15) non-cash charges for deferred tax asset valuation allowances shall be excluded.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.04 only, there shall be excluded
from Consolidated Net Income any dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of
assets from Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to
the extent such dividends, repayments or transfers increase the amount of Restricted Payments
permitted under Sections 4.04(a)(3)(D) and (E).

          “Consolidated Non-cash Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the
aggregate depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses or other non-cash items of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such
period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP, but excluding any
such charge which consists of or requires an accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash
charges for any future period.

          “Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a)
Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of
determination that constitutes the Notes, any Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations or any Lenders Debt
to (b) the aggregate amount of Adjusted EBITDA for the then most recent four fiscal quarters for
which internal financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are available in
each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total

-11-

 

Indebtedness and Adjusted EBITDA as are consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions
set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

          “Consolidated Taxes” means provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, including
state, franchise and similar taxes and any Tax Distributions taken into account in calculating
Consolidated Net Income.

          “Consolidated Total Debt Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) the
Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of
determination to (b) the aggregate amount of Adjusted EBITDA for the then most recent four fiscal
quarters for which internal financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are
available in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and
Adjusted EBITDA as are consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the
definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

          “Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to
the sum of (1) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding Hedging Obligations and any undrawn letters of credit issued
in the ordinary course of business) and (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified
Stock of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and all Preferred Stock of Restricted
Subsidiaries of the Company, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock equal
to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences, in each case
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

          “Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person
guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness
(“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly
or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not
contingent:

     (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or
indirect security therefor,

     (2) to advance or supply funds:

     (a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or

     (b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or
otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or

     (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring
the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make
payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

          “Contribution Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries that is a Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than twice the
aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of the Company (including by the purchase of Equity Interests to the extent such

-12-

 

proceeds of the purchase of Equity Interests are excluded from the calculation under Section
4.04(a)(3)) by any stockholder of the Company (other than a Restricted Subsidiary) after the Issue
Date; provided, however, that:

     (1) if the aggregate principal amount of such Contribution Indebtedness is greater than
one times such cash contributions to the capital of the Company, the amount in excess shall
be Indebtedness (other than Secured Indebtedness) with a Stated Maturity later than the
Stated Maturity of any Note then outstanding;

     (2) such Contribution Indebtedness (a) is Incurred within 180 days after the making of
such cash contributions and (b) is so designated as Contribution Indebtedness pursuant to an
Officers’ Certificate on the Incurrence date thereof; and

     (3) such cash contribution is not and has not been included in the calculation of
permitted Restricted Payments under Section 4.04.

          “Credit Agreement” means (i) the ABL Facility or (ii) whether or not the ABL Facility is
outstanding, if designated by the Company to be included in the definition of “Credit Agreement,”
one or more (A) debt facilities or commercial paper facilities, providing for revolving credit
loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to lenders or
to special purpose entities formed to borrow from lenders against such receivables) or letters of
credit, (B) debt securities, indentures or other forms of debt financing (including convertible or
exchangeable debt instruments) or (C) instruments or agreements evidencing any other Indebtedness
in each case, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, refinanced,
restated, replaced or refunded in whole or in part from time to time.

          “Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an
Event of Default.

          “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the non-cash consideration received by the Company
or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as
Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate.

          “Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect
parent company of the Company, as applicable (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for
cash (other than to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or
trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated
Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, on the issuance date thereof, the cash
proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.04(a)(3).

          “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person
which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it
is redeemable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event:

     (1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or
otherwise (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale; provided, however,

-13-

 

that the relevant asset sale or change of control provisions, taken as a whole, are no more
favorable in any material respect to holders of such Capital Stock than the asset sale and
change of control provisions applicable to the Notes and any purchase requirement triggered
thereby may not become operative until compliance with the asset sale and change of control
provisions applicable to the Notes (including the purchase of any Notes tendered pursuant
thereto)),

     (2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of such
Person, or

     (3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part,

in each case prior to 91 days after the last maturity date of the Notes; provided, however, that
only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible
or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be
deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided further, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to
any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by
any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely
because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company in order to satisfy applicable
statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or
disability; provided further, however, that any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its
terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock
that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock.

          “Domestic Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

          “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire
Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for,
Capital Stock).

          “Equity Offering” means an underwritten primary public offering of common stock of the Company
or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as applicable, in each case pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

          “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and
regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

          “Excluded Assets” means the collective reference to (i) all interests in real property other
than fee interests, (ii) any fee interest in real property if the greater of the cost and the book
value of such fee interest is less than $750,000; (iii) any property or asset to the extent
that the grant of a security interest in such property or asset is prohibited by any
applicable law or requires a consent not obtained of any governmental authority pursuant to
applicable law; (iv) any vehicle or other item of personal property with a fair market value less
than $150,000, a lien in which cannot be obtained by filing a financing statement under Article 9
of the Uniform Commercial Code; (v) those assets that would constitute ABL Collateral but as to
which the Bank Collateral Agent shall not have required a lien or security interest; (vi) any
right, title or

-14-

 

interest in any permit, lease, license, contract or agreement held by any Grantor
or to which any Grantor is a party or any of its right, title or interest thereunder to the extent,
but only to the extent, that such a grant would, under the terms of such permit, lease, license,
contract or agreement, result in a breach of the terms of, or constitute a default under, any
permit, lease, license, contract or agreement held by such Grantor or to which such Grantor is a
party (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to
Section 9-406, 9-408 or 9-409 of the Uniform Commercial Code or any other applicable law (including
any Bankruptcy Law) or principles of equity); provided, that immediately upon the ineffectiveness,
lapse or termination of any such provision, such right, title or interest in such permit, lease,
license, contract or agreement shall cease to be an “Excluded Asset”; and (vii) Capital Stock of a
Person that constitutes a Subsidiary (other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary) the pledge of which
would violate a contractual obligation to the owners of the other Capital Stock of such Person
(other than any such owners that are Affiliates of the Sponsor) that is binding on or relating to
such Capital Stock; provided, however, that Excluded Assets will not include any proceeds,
substitutions or replacements of any Excluded Assets referred to in clause (iii) (unless such
proceeds, substitutions or replacements would constitute Excluded Assets referred to in clause
(iii)).

          “Excluded Contributions” means the net cash proceeds received by the Company after the Issue
Date from:

     (1) contributions to its common equity capital, and

     (2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or pursuant to any Company or
Subsidiary management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee
benefit plan or agreement) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated
Preferred Stock) of the Company,

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, the cash
proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.04(a)(3).

          “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be
negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a
willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the
transaction. Except as expressly provided to the contrary, the Fair Market Value of assets or
property other than cash shall be determined in good faith by the Company and (1) in the event of
any asset or property with a Fair Market Value in excess of $4.0 million, shall be set forth in an
Officers’ Certificate or (2) in the event of any asset or property with a Fair Market Value in
excess of $12.0 million, shall be set forth in a resolution approved by at least a majority of the
Board of Directors of the Company.

          “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of
Adjusted EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person
for such period. In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs or
redeems any Indebtedness (other than in the case of revolving credit borrowings or revolving
advances under any Qualified Receivables Financing, in which case interest expense shall be
computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness

-15-

 

during the applicable period) or issues or redeems Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence or redemption of Indebtedness, or
such issuance or redemption of Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the
applicable four-quarter period.

          For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions or
dispositions of operating units of a business, mergers, consolidations, discontinued operations (as
determined in accordance with GAAP), and business realignment projects and initiatives,
restructurings and reorganizations (each a “pro forma event”) that the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries has both determined to make and made after the Issue Date and during the
four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or
simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all
such Investments, acquisitions or dispositions of an operating unit of a business, mergers,
consolidations, discontinued operations and business realignment projects and initiatives,
restructurings and reorganizations (and the change of any associated fixed charge obligations,
consolidated interest expense and the change in Adjusted EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred
on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If, since the beginning of such period any
Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or was merged with or into
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company since the beginning of such period shall
have made any Investment, acquisition or disposition of an operating unit of a business, merger,
consolidation, discontinued operation or business realignment project or initiative, restructuring
or reorganization, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if
such Investment, acquisition, disposition, discontinued operation, merger, consolidation, business
realignment project or initiative, restructuring, or reorganization had occurred at the beginning
of the applicable four-quarter period.

          For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any pro forma
event, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or
accounting officer of the Company. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is
being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate
in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into
account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a
remaining term in excess of 12 months). Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments
appropriate, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Company as set forth in an Officers’
Certificate, to reflect (i) operating expense reductions, other operating improvements or synergies
reasonably expected to result from the applicable pro forma event (including, to the extent applicable, from the Transactions) and (ii) all adjustments used in
connection with the calculation of “Adjusted EBITDA” to the extent such adjustments, without
duplication, continue to be applicable to such four quarter period.

-16-

 

          “Flow Through Entity” means an entity that is treated as a partnership not taxable as a
corporation, an S-corporation or a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes or
subject to treatment on a comparable basis for purposes of state, local or foreign tax law.

          “Foreign Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary not organized or existing under the laws of
the United States of America or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia.

          “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in (i) the opinions and
pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants, (ii) statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board and
(iii) in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment
of the accounting profession, in each case which are in effect on the Issue Date.

          “Government Obligations” means securities that are:

     (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which
its full faith and credit is pledged, or

     (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or
instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is
unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of
America,

which, in each case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall
also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities
Act) as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of
principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the
account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided, however, that (except as required by
law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder
of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S.
Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government
Obligations evidenced by such depository receipt.

          “Grantors” means the Company, Holdings and each Subsidiary Guarantor.

          “guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for
collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including,
without limitation, letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or
any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

          “Guarantee” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the
Notes by any Person in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

          “Guarantor” means any Person that Incurs a Guarantee with respect to the Notes; provided,
however, that upon the release or discharge of such Person from its Guarantee in accordance with
this Indenture, such Person ceases to be a Guarantor.

-17-

 

          “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under:

     (1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange,
interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity
collar agreements; and

     (2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against
fluctuations in currency exchange rates, interest rates or commodity prices.

          “holder”, “Holder”, “noteholder” or “Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Note is
registered on the Registrar’s books.

          “Holdings” means Flag Intermediate Holdings Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and any
successor in interest thereto, including any successor thereto pursuant to Section 5.01(c).

          “Incur” means issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided,
however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person
becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed
to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary.

          “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person:

     (1) the principal and premium (if any) of any indebtedness of such Person, whether or
not contingent, (a) in respect of borrowed money, (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures
or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without
duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), (c) representing the deferred and
unpaid purchase price of any property, except any such balance that constitutes a trade
payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor due within six months from the date on
which it is Incurred (provided that in each case such trade payable or similar Obligation to
a trade creditor is Incurred in the ordinary course of business), which purchase price is
due more than six months after the date of placing the property in service or taking
delivery and title thereto, (d) in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, or (e)
representing any Hedging Obligations, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing
indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a
liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in
accordance with GAAP;

     (2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation of such Person to be liable
for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the Indebtedness of another Person
(other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course
of business);

     (3) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a
Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such
Person); provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will

-18-

 

be the lesser of: (a)
the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination, and (b) the amount of
such Indebtedness of such other Person; and

     (4) to the extent not otherwise included, with respect to the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, the amount then outstanding (including amounts advanced, and
received by, and available for use by, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries)
under any Receivables Financing (as set forth in the books and records of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary and confirmed by the agent, trustee or other representative of the
institution or group providing such Receivables Financing);

provided, however, that Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business shall be
deemed not to constitute Indebtedness.

          “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time, in accordance
with the terms hereof.

          “Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or
consultant to Persons engaged in a Similar Business, in each case of nationally recognized standing
that is, in the good faith determination of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it
has been engaged.

          “Industrial Revenue Bonds” means the Company’s obligations in connection with certain
outstanding Industrial Revenue Bonds payable on May 1, 2016.

          “Intercreditor Agreement” means the Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of
the Issue Date among the Bank Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent, the
Company and each Guarantor, as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with this
Indenture.

          “Investment Grade Securities” means:

     (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S.
government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents) and in
each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition,

     (2) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type
described in clause (1) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending
investment or distribution, and

     (3) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily
utilized for high quality investments and in each case with maturities not exceeding two
years from the date of acquisition.

          “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other
Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or
capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit and advances to customers
and commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees and consultants made in the
ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness,

-19-

 

Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required
by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet of the Company in the same manner as the other
investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of
cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section
4.04:

     (1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity
interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of
the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary,
the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted
Subsidiary equal to an amount (if positive) equal to:

     (a) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such
redesignation less

     (b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such
Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the
time of such redesignation; and

     (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at
its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith
by the Board of Directors of the Company.

          “Issue Date” means November 30, 2005, the date on which the Initial Notes are issued.

          “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions are not
required to be open in the State of New York.

          “Lenders Debt” means any (i) Indebtedness outstanding from time to time under the ABL
Facility, (ii) any Indebtedness which has a priority security interest relative to the Notes in the
ABL Collateral, (iii) all Obligations with respect to such Indebtedness and any Hedging Obligations
directly related to any Lenders Debt and (iv) all cash management Obligations incurred with any
Bank Lender (or their affiliates).

          “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest
or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise
perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement,
any lease in the nature thereof, any other agreement to give a security interest in and any filing
of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent
statutes) of any jurisdiction); provided, however, that in no event shall an operating lease or an
agreement to sell other than as described above be deemed to constitute a Lien.

          “Management Group” means all of the individuals consisting of the directors, executive
officers and other management personnel of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of
the Company, as the case may be, on the Issue Date together with (1) any new directors whose
election by such boards of directors or whose nomination for election by the

-20-

 

shareholders of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as the case may be, as applicable,
was approved by (x) a vote of a majority of the directors of the Company or any direct or indirect
parent of the Company as applicable, then still in office who were either directors on the Issue
Date or whose election or nomination was previously approved as described in this definition or (y)
the Permitted Holders and (2) executive officers and other management personnel of the Company or
any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as the case may be, as applicable, hired at a
time when the directors on the Issue Date together with the directors so approved constituted a
majority of the directors of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company,
as the case may be, as applicable.

          “Merger” means the merger, effected pursuant to the Merger Agreement, pursuant to which Flag
Acquisition merged with and into Metals USA.

          “Merger Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 18, 2005, among
Flag Holdings Corporation, Flag Acquisition and Metals USA, as amended up to and including the
Issue Date.

          “Metals USA” means Metals USA, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor in interest
thereto.

          “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business
thereof.

          “Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person,
determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock
dividends.

          “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including any cash received in respect of or
upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset
Sale and any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or
installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding the assumption by
the acquiring Person of Indebtedness relating to the disposed assets or other consideration
received in any other non-cash form), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the
sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (including legal, accounting and
investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions), and any relocation expenses Incurred
as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof, amounts required to be applied to
the repayment of principal, premium (if any) and interest on Indebtedness required (other than
pursuant to Section 4.06(c)) to be paid as a result of such transaction (including to obtain any
required consent therefor), and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company
as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of
in such transaction and retained by the Company after such sale or other disposition thereof,
including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters
or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction. In the case of any
Asset Sale that involves the sale of any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that owns
assets that constitute ABL Collateral, the Net Proceeds of such Asset Sale attributable to such

-21-

 

Capital Stock shall also be net of the Fair Market Value of the assets of such Restricted
Subsidiary constituting ABL Collateral.

          “Notes” means the Initial Notes, the Exchange Notes and the Private Exchange Notes, treated as
a single class.

          “Notes Collateral” means the portion of the Collateral as to which the Notes have a priority
security interest relative to Lenders Debt.

          “Notes Collateral Agent” means Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., in its capacity as “Collateral Agent”
hereunder and under the Security Documents, and any successor thereto in such capacity.

          “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements
(including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and
bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any
Indebtedness; provided, however, that Obligations with respect to the Notes shall not include fees
or indemnifications in favor of the Trustee and other third parties other than the Holders of the
Notes.

          “Off-Balance Sheet Financing Amount” means, at any date, with respect to any Qualified
Receivables Financing, the face or notional amount of any interest in assets of the type described
in the definition of the term Qualified Receivables Financing transferred to a Receivables
Subsidiary in connection with such Qualified Receivables Financing by or on behalf of the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries.

          “Offering Circular” means the Offering Circular dated November 21, 2005, with respect to the
Notes.

          “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, any Executive
Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the
Company.

          “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of
the Company, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer,
the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements set
forth in this Indenture.

          “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable
to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Trustee.

          “Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations” means any Additional Notes and any other Indebtedness
having substantially identical terms as the Notes (other than issue price, interest rate, yield and redemption terms) and issued under an indenture substantially identical to
this Indenture and any Indebtedness that refinances or refunds (or successive refinancings and
refundings) any Notes or Additional Notes and all Obligations with respect to such Indebtedness;
provided, that such Indebtedness may (a) have a stated maturity date that is equal to or longer

-22-

 

than the Notes, (b) contain terms and covenants that are, in the reasonable opinion of the Company,
less restrictive than the terms and covenants under the Notes and (c) contain terms and covenants
that are more restrictive than the terms and covenants under the Notes so long as prior to or
substantially simultaneously with the issuance of any such Indebtedness, the Notes and this
Indenture are amended to contain any such more restrictive terms and covenants.

          “Pari Passu Indebtedness” means:

     (1) with respect to the Company, the Notes and any Indebtedness which ranks pari passu
in right of payment to the Notes; and

     (2) with respect to any Guarantor, its Guarantee and any Indebtedness which ranks pari
passu in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee.

          “Permitted Collateral Liens” means:

     (1) Liens securing the Notes outstanding on the Issue Date, the Exchange Notes issued
in exchange for such Notes, Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to such Notes or Exchange
Notes, the Guarantees relating thereto and any Obligations with respect to such Notes,
Exchange Notes, Refinancing Indebtedness and Guarantees;

     (2) Liens securing any Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations in an aggregate principal
amount not to exceed $40.0 million at any one time outstanding;

     (3) Liens securing any Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations in an aggregate principal
amount not to exceed $30.0 million at any one time outstanding; provided that after giving
effect to the Incurrence of such Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations, the Company would be
permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a);

     (4) Liens securing any Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations, which Liens are not permitted
pursuant to clause (2) or (3) of this definition; provided, however, that at the time of
Incurrence of such Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations and after giving pro forma effect
thereto, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 3.75 to 1.0;

     (5) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens specified in clause (1) above);

     (6) Liens described in clauses (2), (3), (5), (9), (10), (12) (but only with respect to
obligations secured by Liens described in clauses (1), (2), (3) or (4) above), (14), (15),
(17), (19) (but only with respect to clauses (9) and (10) referred to therein), (20), (21)
and (22) of the definition of Permitted Liens; and

     (7) Liens on the Notes Collateral in favor of any collateral agent relating to such
collateral agent’s administrative expenses with respect to the Notes Collateral.

          For purposes of determining compliance with this definition, (A) Other Pari Passu Lien
Obligations need not be Incurred solely by reference to one category of permitted Other

-23-

 

Pari Passu Lien Obligations described in clauses (1) through (7) of this definition but are
permitted to be Incurred in part under any combination thereof and (B) in the event that an item of
Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the
categories of permitted Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations described in clauses (1) through (7)
above, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify (but not reclassify) such item of Other
Pari Passu Lien Obligations (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this
definition and will only be required to include the amount and type of such item of Other Pari
Passu Lien Obligations in one of the above clauses and such item of Other Pari Passu Lien
Obligations will be treated as having been Incurred pursuant to only one of such clauses.

          “Permitted Holders” means, at any time, each of (i) the Sponsor and (ii) the Management Group.
Any person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in
respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this
Indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

     “Permitted Investment” means:

     (1) any Investment in the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

     (2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

     (3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a
Person that is primarily engaged, directly or indirectly, in a Similar Business if as a
result of such Investment (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or
(b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged,
consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all
of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company;

     (4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents and
received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.06 or
any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

     (5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date;

     (6) advances to employees not in excess of $10.0 million outstanding at any one time in
the aggregate;

     (7) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) in
exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable or claims held by the Company or
any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout,
reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts
receivable, or (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect
to any secured Investment in default;

     (8) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 4.03(b)(x);

-24-

 

     (9) any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Similar
Business (other than an Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary) having an aggregate Fair
Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (9),
not to exceed $45.0 million (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at
the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided, however,
that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (9) is made in any Person that is not a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the date of the making of such Investment and such
Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company after such date, such Investment shall
thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have
been made pursuant to this clause (9) for so long as such Person continues to be a
Restricted Subsidiary;

     (10) additional Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries having
an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to
this clause (10), not to exceed the greater of (a) $55.0 million and (b) 7.5% of Total
Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being
measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

     (11) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related
travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case Incurred in the
ordinary course of business;

     (12) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company,
as applicable; provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount
available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a)(3);

     (13) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by
and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.07(b) (except transactions described
in clauses (ii), (vi), (vii) and (xi) of such Section);

     (14) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property
pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

     (15) guarantees issued in accordance with Sections 4.03 and 4.11;

     (16) any Investment by Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company in other Restricted
Subsidiaries of the Company and Investments by Subsidiaries that are not Restricted
Subsidiaries in other Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company;

     (17) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of real estate, inventory,
supplies, materials and equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of
intellectual property, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

     (18) any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables
Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables

-25-

 

Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the
arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Financing or any related Indebtedness;
provided, however, that any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary is in the form of a
Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional receivables or an equity interest; and

     (19) Investments resulting from the receipt of non-cash consideration in an Asset Sale
received in compliance with Section 4.06.

     “Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

     (1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment
insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids,
tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such
Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or
deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such
Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the
payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

     (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in
each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings
or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which
such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review;

     (3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet due or payable
or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings;

     (4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with
respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit (or deposits to secure letters
of credit or surety bonds for the same purpose) issued pursuant to the request of and for
the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

     (5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or
rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and
telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of
real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the
ownership of its properties which were not Incurred in connection with Indebtedness and
which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or
materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

     (6) Liens securing Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) Incurred to
finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment
(whether through the direct purchase of assets or Capital Stock of any Person owning such
assets, where such Person has no other material assets) of such Person; provided, however,
that the Lien may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is Incurred (other than

-26-

 

assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto and except for customary cross
collateral arrangements with respect to property or equipment financed by the same financing
source pursuant to the same financing scheme), and the Indebtedness (other than any interest
thereon) secured by the Lien may not be Incurred more than 180 days after the latest of the
(i) acquisition of the property subject to the Lien, (ii) completion of construction,
repair, improvement or addition of the property subject to the Lien and (iii) commencement
of full operation of the property subject to the Lien;

     (7) Liens securing Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary Incurred pursuant to Section
4.03(a), or clause (i), (xii), (xx) (or (xiii) to the extent it guarantees any such
Indebtedness) of Section 4.03(b); provided, however, that such Liens do not extend to the
property or assets of the Company or any Domestic Subsidiary (other than a Domestic
Subsidiary, that is wholly owned by one or more Foreign Subsidiaries, created to enhance the
worldwide tax efficiency of the Company and its Subsidiaries);

     (8) Liens existing on the Issue Date;

     (9) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a
Subsidiary; provided, however, such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or
in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further,
however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

     (10) Liens on property at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or
consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
provided, however, that such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in
contemplation of, such acquisition; provided further, however, that the Liens may not extend
to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

     (11) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing
to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company permitted to be Incurred in
accordance with Section 4.03;

     (12) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is
permitted to be under this Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such
Hedging Obligations;

     (13) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person
securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for
the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory
or other goods;

     (14) licenses, sublicenses, leases and subleases which do not materially interfere with
the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

-27-

 

     (15) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding
operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary
course of business;

     (16) Liens in favor of the Company or any Guarantor or Liens on assets of a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company that is not a guarantor in favor solely of another Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor;

     (17) Liens on equipment of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the
ordinary course of business to the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s client at which
such equipment is located;

     (18) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the
definition of “Receivables Financing” Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables
Financing;

     (19) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension or renewal (or successive
refinancings, refundings, extensions or renewals) as a whole, or in part, of any
Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8), (9),
and (10); provided, however, that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the
same property (including any after acquired property to the extent it would have been
subject to the original Lien) that was subject to the original Lien (plus improvements on
such property), and (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased
to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater,
committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), and (10) at
the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (B) an amount
necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing,
refunding, extension or renewal;

     (20) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default, so long as such Lien is
adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated
for the review of such judgment shall not have been finally terminated or the period within
which such proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;

     (21) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to
secure payment of customs duties in connection with importation of goods;

     (22) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar
arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

     (23) Liens securing insurance premium financing arrangements; provided, however, that
such Lien is limited to the applicable insurance carriers;

     (24) Liens incurred to secure cash management services in the ordinary course of
business; and

-28-

 

     (25) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which
obligations do not exceed $10.0 million at any one time outstanding.

          “Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, corporation, partnership, limited
liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated
organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

          “Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends or
upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

          “Presumed Tax Rate” means the highest effective marginal statutory combined U.S. federal,
state and local income tax rate prescribed for an individual residing in New York City (taking into
account (i) the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes,
assuming the limitation of Section 68(a)(2) of the Code applies and taking into account any impact
of Section 68(f) of the Code, and (ii) the character (long-term or short-term capital gain,
dividend income or other ordinary income) of the applicable income), or, as applicable, for a
corporation.

          “Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note of a Receivables Subsidiary evidencing a line of
credit, which may be irrevocable, from the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to a
Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, which note is intended
to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid by cash or a contribution of equity.

          “Qualified Receivables Financing” means any Receivables Financing of a Receivables Subsidiary
that meets the following conditions:

     (1) the Board of Directors of the Company shall have determined in good faith that such
Qualified Receivables Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events
and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Company
and the Receivables Subsidiary,

     (2) all sales of accounts receivable and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary
are made at Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Company), and

     (3) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof
shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Company) and may include Standard
Securitization Undertakings.

          The grant of a security interest in any accounts receivable of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) to secure Lenders Debt shall not be
deemed a Qualified Receivables Financing.

          “Receivables Financing” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered
into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of
a transfer by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), and (b) any other Person (in the

-29-

 

case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any
accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including all collateral securing such accounts
receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts
receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred
or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset
securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and any Hedging Obligations entered into
by the Company or any such Subsidiary in connection with such accounts receivable.

          “Receivables Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of receivables in a
Qualified Receivables Financing to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a
representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion
thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a
result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the
seller.

          “Receivables Subsidiary” means a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (or another
Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Receivables Financing with the Company in
which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company makes an Investment and to which the Company or
any Subsidiary of the Company transfers accounts receivable and related assets) which engages in no
activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable of the Company and
its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other
assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and
which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (as provided below) as a Receivables
Subsidiary and:

     (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise)
of which (i) is guaranteed by the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company (excluding
guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness)
pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the
Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company in any way other than pursuant to Standard
Securitization Undertakings, or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any
other Subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the
satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings,

     (b) with which neither the Company nor any other Subsidiary of the Company has any
material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the
Company reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than
those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the
Company, and

     (c) to which neither the Company nor any other Subsidiary of the Company has any
obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to
achieve certain levels of operating results.

-30-

 

          Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the
Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of
the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such
designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

          “Registration Rights Agreement” means (a) with respect to the Initial Notes issued on the
Issue Date, the Registration Rights Agreement dated the Issue Date, among the Company, the
Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers and (b) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes
issued in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, the
registration rights agreement, if any, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Persons purchasing
such Additional Notes under the related Purchase Agreement.

          “Related Person” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates, and
the respective officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors and attorneys-in-fact of such
Person and its Affiliates.

          “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

          “Restricted Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person other
than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of such Person. Unless otherwise indicated in this Indenture, all
references to Restricted Subsidiaries shall mean Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

          “Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter
acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
transfers such property to a Person and the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary leases it from
such Person, other than leases between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or
between Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

          “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or any successor to the rating agency business
thereof.

          “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

          “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien.

          “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations
of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

          “Security Documents” means the security agreements, pledge agreements, mortgages, collateral
assignments and related agreements, as amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, refunded,
replaced, restructured, repaid, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, creating the
security interests in the Collateral as contemplated by this Indenture.

          “Senior Credit Documents” means the collective reference to any Credit Agreement, the notes
issued pursuant thereto and the guarantees thereof, and the collateral documents relating thereto,
as amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, repaid, refinanced
or otherwise modified from time to time.

-31-

 

          “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant
Subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the
SEC.

          “Similar Business” means a business, the majority of whose revenues are derived from
activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date or any business or activity
that is reasonably similar thereto or a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or
ancillary thereto.

          “Sponsor” means Apollo Management V, L.P., one or more investment funds controlled by Apollo
Management V, L.P. and any of their respective Affiliates.

          “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants,
indemnities and guarantees of performance entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary of the
Company which the Company has determined in good faith to be customary in a Receivables Financing
including those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary, it being
understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard
Securitization Undertaking.

          “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as
the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable,
including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for
the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any
contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred).

          “Subordinated Indebtedness” means (a) with respect to the Company, any Indebtedness which is
by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and (b) with respect to any Guarantor,
any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its
Guarantee.

          “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (1) any corporation, association or other
business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company) of which
more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the
occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof
is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one
or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, and (2) any partnership,
joint venture or limited liability company of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts,
distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership
interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or
more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, whether in the form of
membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, and (y) such Person or
any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls
such entity.

          “Subsidiary Guarantor” means any Restricted Subsidiary that Incurs a Guarantee; provided,
however, that upon the release or discharge of such Restricted Subsidiary from its

-32-

 

Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Restricted Subsidiary will cease to be a
Subsidiary Guarantor.

          “Tax Distributions” means any dividend and distributions described in Section 4.04(b)(xii).

          “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Section 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on
the date of this Indenture.

          “Total Assets” means the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company.

          “Transactions” means the “Transactions” as defined under the caption “Offering Circular
Summary — The Transactions” in the Offering Circular.

          “Treasury Rate” means, with respect to the Notes, as of the applicable redemption date, the
yield to maturity as of such redemption date of constant maturity United States Treasury securities
(as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that
has become publicly available at least two business days prior to such redemption date (or, if such
Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data))
most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to December 1, 2010; provided, however,
that if no published maturity exactly corresponds with such date, then the Treasury Rate shall be
interpolated or extrapolated on a straight-line basis from the arithmetic mean of the yields for
the next shortest and next longest published maturities; provided further, however, that if the
period from such redemption date to December 1, 2010 is less than one year, the weekly average
yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one
year will be used.

          “Trust Officer” means:

     (1) any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any
vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust
officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to
those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to
whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and
familiarity with the particular subject, and

          (2) who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

          “Trustee” means the respective party named as such in this Indenture until a successor
replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

          “Uniform Commercial Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to
time.

-33-

 

     “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

     (1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated
an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Company in the manner provided
below; and

     (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

          The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including
any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Company) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary
unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or
owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that
is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided, however, that the Subsidiary
to be so designated and its Subsidiaries do not at the time of designation have and do not
thereafter Incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided further, however, that either:

     (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 or less;
or

     (b) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such
designation would be permitted under Section 4.04.

     The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a
Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that immediately after giving effect to such designation:

     (x) (1) the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a) or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each
case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation, and

     (y) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

          Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the
Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of
the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such
designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

          “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at
the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

          “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness or Disqualified
Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the
products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive
scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment

-34-

 

with respect to such Disqualified Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (2) the
sum of all such payments.

          “Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted
Subsidiary.

          “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person 100% of the
outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ or other
qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned
Subsidiaries of such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

     SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions.

	 	 	 
	 	 	Defined in
	Term	 	Section
	“Affiliate Transaction”
	 	4.07
	“Asset Sale Offer”
	 	4.06(d)
	“Bankruptcy Law”
	 	6.01
	“Base Currency”
	 	13.16
	“covenant defeasance option”
	 	8.01(b)
	“Custodian”
	 	6.01
	“Definitive Note”
	 	Appendix A
	“Depository”
	 	Appendix A
	“Event of Default”
	 	6.01
	“Excess Proceeds”
	 	4.06(d)
	“Exchange Notes”
	 	Appendix A
	“Global Note”
	 	Appendix A
	“Guaranteed Obligations”
	 	10.01(a)
	“IAI”
	 	Appendix A
	“incorporated provision”
	 	13.01
	“Initial Lien”
	 	4.12
	“Initial Notes”
	 	Appendix A
	“Initial Purchasers”
	 	Appendix A
	“Judgment Currency”
	 	13.16
	“legal defeasance option”
	 	8.01(b)
	“Notes Custodian”
	 	Appendix A
	“Notice of Default”
	 	6.01
	“Offer Period”
	 	4.06(f)
	“Paying Agent”
	 	2.04
	“protected purchaser”
	 	2.08
	“Purchase Agreement”
	 	Appendix A
	“Private Exchange”
	 	Appendix A
	“Private Exchange Note”
	 	Appendix A
	“QIB”
	 	Appendix A
	“Refinancing Indebtedness”
	 	4.03(b)

-35-

 

	 	 	 
	 	 	Defined in
	Term	 	Section
	“Refunding Capital Stock”
	 	4.04(b)
	“Registered Exchange Offer”
	 	Appendix A
	“Registrar”
	 	2.04
	“Regulation S”
	 	Appendix A
	“Regulation S Global Note”
	 	Appendix A
	“Restricted Payment”
	 	4.04(a)
	“Retired Capital Stock”
	 	4.04(b)
	“Rule 144A”
	 	Appendix A
	“Rule 144A Global Note”
	 	Appendix A
	“Shelf Registration Statement”
	 	Appendix A
	“Successor Company”
	 	5.01(a)
	“Successor Guarantor”
	 	5.01(b)
	“Transfer Restricted Notes”
	 	Appendix A

          SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. This Indenture
incorporates by reference certain provisions of the TIA. The following TIA terms have the
following meanings:

          “Commission” means the SEC.

          “indenture securities” means the Notes and the Guarantees.

          “indenture security holder” means a Holder.

          “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.

          “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.

          “obligor” on the indenture securities means the Company, the Guarantors and any other obligor
on the Notes.

          All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA
reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such
definitions.

          SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:

     (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

     (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in
accordance with GAAP;

     (c) “or” is not exclusive;

     (d) “including” means including without limitation;

     (e) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the
singular;

-36-

 

     (f) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to Secured
Indebtedness merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured Indebtedness;

     (g) unless otherwise specified herein, the principal amount of any non-interest bearing
or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be
shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP; and

     (h) unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be
interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial
statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP.

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

          SECTION 2.01. Amount of Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be
authenticated and delivered under this Indenture on the Issue Date is $275,000,000. The Initial
Notes, any Additional Notes and any Exchange Notes will be treated as a single series of Notes for
purposes of this Indenture.

          The Company may from time to time after the Issue Date issue Additional Notes under this
Indenture in an unlimited principal amount, so long as (i) the Incurrence of the Indebtedness
represented by such Additional Notes is at such time permitted by Section 4.03 and (ii) such
Additional Notes are issued in compliance with the other applicable provisions of this Indenture,
including Section 4.12. Additional Notes shall have identical terms as the Initial Notes Issued on
the Issue Date, other than with respect to the date of issuance and issue price and as contemplated
by clause (4) below. With respect to any Additional Notes issued after the Issue Date (except for
Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu
of, other Notes pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 2.10, 3.08, 4.06(i), 4.08(c) or Appendix A),
there shall be (a) established in or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the
Company and (b) (i) set forth or determined in the manner provided in an Officers’ Certificate or
(ii) established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of such
Additional Notes:

     (1) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes which may be authenticated
and delivered under this Indenture;

     (2) the issue price and issuance date of such Additional Notes, including the date from
which interest on such Additional Notes will accrue;

     (3) if applicable, that such Additional Notes shall be issuable in whole or in part in
the form of one or more Global Notes and, in such case, the respective depositaries for such
Global Notes, the form of any legend or legends which shall be borne by such Global Notes in
addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Appendix A hereto and any circumstances in
addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Appendix A in which any such Global Note may be
exchanged in whole or in part for Additional Notes registered, or any

-37-

 

transfer of such Global Note in whole or in part may be registered, in the name or
names of Persons other than the depositary for such Global Note or a nominee thereof; and

     (4) if applicable, that such Additional Notes that are not Transfer Restricted Notes
shall not be issued in the form of Initial Notes as set forth in Appendix A, but shall be
issued in the form of Exchange Notes as set forth in Appendix A.

          If any of the terms of any Additional Notes are established by action taken pursuant to a
resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, a copy of an appropriate record of such action
shall be certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the
Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officers’ Certificate or the indenture supplemental
hereto setting forth the terms of the Additional Notes.

          SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating. Provisions relating to the Notes are set forth in
Appendix A, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The (i)
Initial Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication and (ii) any Additional Notes (if
issued as Transfer Restricted Notes) and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall each be
substantially in the form set forth in Appendix A, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly
made a part of this Indenture. The (i) Exchange Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of
authentication and (ii) any Additional Exchange Notes issued other than as Transfer Restricted
Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall each be substantially in the form set
forth in Appendix A, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture.
The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule,
agreements to which the Company or any Guarantor is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any
such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Company). Each Note shall be
dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without
interest coupons and only in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiples thereof.

          SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication. (a) The Trustee shall authenticate and
make available for delivery upon a written order of the Company signed by one Officer (i) Notes for
original issue on the date hereof in an aggregate principal amount of $275,000,000, (ii) subject to
the terms of this Indenture, Additional Notes in an aggregate principal amount to be determined at
the time of issuance and specified therein and (iii) the Exchange Notes for issue in a Registered
Exchange Offer or Private Exchange pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement for a like principal
amount of Initial Notes and, if applicable, any Additional Notes. Such order shall specify the
amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be
authenticated and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Additional Notes or Exchange Notes.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or Appendix A, any issuance of
Additional Notes after the Issue Date shall be in a principal amount of at least $1,000.

          (b) One Officer shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.

          (c) If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the
Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.

-38-

 

          (d) A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the
certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the
Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

          (e) The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents reasonably acceptable to the
Company to authenticate the Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed
by a Trust Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Company. Unless limited by the terms
of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so.
Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such
agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for
service of notices and demands.

          (f) The Trustee is hereby authorized to enter into a letter of representations with the
Depository in the form provided by the Company and to act in accordance with such letter.

          SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent. (a) The Company shall maintain (i) an
office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the
“Registrar”), and (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying
Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The
Company may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term
“Registrar” includes any co-registrars. The term “Paying Agent” includes the Paying Agent and any
additional paying agents. The Company initially appoints the Trustee as (i) Registrar and Paying
Agent in connection with the Notes and (ii) the Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

          (b) The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying
Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement
shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Company shall
notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such agent. If the Company fails to maintain a
Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate
compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07. The Company or any of the Company’s domestically
organized Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

          (c) The Company may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar
or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however, that no such removal shall become effective
until (i) if applicable, acceptance of an appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate
agreement entered into by the Company and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may
be, and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve
as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i)
above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Company and
the Trustee; provided, however, that the Trustee may resign as Paying Agent or Registrar only if
the Trustee also resigns as Trustee in accordance with Section 7.08.

          SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. On or prior to 12:00 p.m. on each
due date of the principal of and interest on any Note, the Company shall deposit

-39-

 

with each Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest when so becoming
due. The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that
a Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by a
Paying Agent for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes, and shall notify the
Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. If the Company or a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary of Company acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent
and hold it in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto. The Company at any time may
require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds
disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.05, a Paying Agent shall have
no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee.

          SECTION 2.06. Holder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is
reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders.
If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish, or cause the Registrar to furnish,
to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at
such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as
the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders.

          SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange. (a) The Notes shall be issued in registered
form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer and
in compliance with Appendix A. When a Note is presented to the Registrar with a request to
register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if its requirements
therefor are met. When Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request to exchange them for an
equal principal amount of Notes of other denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as
requested if the same requirements are met. To permit registration of transfers and exchanges, the
Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at the Registrar’s request. The
Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to pay all taxes, assessments or other governmental
charges in connection with any transfer or exchange pursuant to this Section 2.07. The Company
shall not be required to make, and the Registrar need not register, transfers or exchanges of Notes
selected for redemption (except, in the case of Notes to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof
not to be redeemed) or of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be
redeemed.

          (b) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the
Guarantors, the Trustee, each Paying Agent and the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose
name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment
of principal of and interest, if any, on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether
or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, any Guarantor, the Trustee, a Paying Agent or
the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

          (c) Any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such
beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may be
effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (1) the Holder of such Global Note (or its
agent) or (2) any Holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, and that ownership of a
beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.

-40-

 

          (d) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture
shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the
Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

          SECTION 2.08. Replacement Notes. (a) If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the
Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully
taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the
requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Holder (1)
satisfies the Company within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss,
destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving
such notification, (2) makes such request to the Company prior to the Note being acquired by a
protected purchaser as defined in Section 8—303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “protected
purchaser”) and (3) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If required by the
Trustee or the Company, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of
the Company and reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee to protect the Company, the Trustee, a
Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced.
The Company and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note (including
attorneys’ fees and disbursements in replacing such Note). In the event any such mutilated, lost,
destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in
its discretion may pay such Note instead of issuing a new Note in replacement thereof.

          (b) Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and the Guarantors.

          (c) The provisions of this Section 2.08 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent
lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated,
lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Notes.

          SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Notes. (a) Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes
authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for
cancellation, those redeemed pursuant to Article 3 and those described in this Section 2.09 as not
outstanding. Subject to Section 13.06, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the
Company, a Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Company or a Guarantor holds the Note.

          (b) If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered
for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Company receive proof
satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. A mutilated Note
ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section
2.08.

          (c) If a Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a
redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that
date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may
be, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and
interest on them ceases to accrue.

-41-

 

          SECTION 2.10. Temporary Notes. In the event that Definitive Notes are to be issued
under the terms of this Indenture, until such Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company
may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be
substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers
appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the
Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and make them available for delivery in exchange for
temporary Notes upon surrender of such temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Company,
without charge to the Holder. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same
rights, benefits and privileges as Definitive Notes.

          SECTION 2.11. Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee
for cancellation. The Registrar and each Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes
surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else
shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation
and shall dispose of canceled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures. The Company may
not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation. The Trustee shall not authenticate Notes in place of canceled Notes other than
pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

          SECTION 2.12. Defaulted Interest. If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on
the Notes, the Company shall pay the defaulted interest then borne by the Notes as set forth in
Section 1 of the form of Note contained in Appendix A, as the case may be (plus interest on such
defaulted interest to the extent lawful), in any lawful manner. The Company may pay the defaulted
interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date. The Company shall fix
or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction
of the Trustee and shall promptly mail or cause to be mailed to each affected Holder a notice that
states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid.

          SECTION 2.13. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc. The Company in issuing the Notes may use
CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee
shall use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience
to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to
the correctness of such numbers, either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a
redemption, that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the
Notes and that any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such
numbers. The Company shall advise the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers, ISINs and
“Common Code” numbers.

          SECTION 2.14. Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes. The aggregate principal
amount of the Notes, at any date of determination, shall be the principal amount of the Notes
outstanding at such date of determination. With respect to any matter requiring consent, waiver,
approval or other action of the Holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of all
the Notes then outstanding, such percentage shall be calculated, on the relevant date of
determination, by dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Notes,
the Holders of which have so consented by (b) the aggregate principal amount, as of such date of
determination, of the Notes then outstanding, in each case, as determined in accordance with the

-42-

 

preceding sentence, Section 2.09 and Section 13.06 of this Indenture. Any such calculation
made pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall be made by the Company and delivered to the Trustee
pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate.

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION

          SECTION 3.01. Redemption. The Notes may be redeemed, in whole, or from time to time
in part, subject to the conditions and at the redemption prices set forth in Paragraph 5 of the
form of Notes set forth in Appendix A, which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part
of this Indenture, together with accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to
the redemption date.

          SECTION 3.02. Applicability of Article. Redemption of Notes at the election of the
Company or otherwise, as permitted or required by the Notes or any provision of this Indenture,
shall be made in accordance with the Notes, such provision and this Article.

          SECTION 3.03. Notices to Trustee. If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to
the optional redemption provisions of Paragraph 5 of the Note, they shall notify the Trustee in
writing of (i) the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the
redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.
The Company shall give notice to the Trustee provided for in this paragraph at least 40 days but
not more than 60 days before a redemption date if the redemption is pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the
Note, unless a shorter period is acceptable to the Trustee. Such notice shall be accompanied by an
Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel from the Company to the effect that such redemption
will comply with the conditions herein. The record date relating to such redemption shall be
selected by the Company and given to the Trustee, which record date shall be prior to the mailing
of the notice of redemption. Any such notice may be canceled at any time prior to notice of such
redemption being mailed to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect.

          SECTION 3.04. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. In the case of any partial
redemption of Notes, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee on a pro
rata basis to the extent practicable; provided, however, that no Notes of $1,000 or less shall be
redeemed in part. The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Notes not previously
called for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions of the principal of Notes
that have denominations larger than $1,000 and portions of them the Trustee selects shall be in
amounts of $1,000 or a multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called
for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. The Trustee shall notify the
Company promptly of the Notes or portions of Notes to be redeemed.

          SECTION 3.05. Notice of Optional Redemption. (a) At least 30 days but not more than
60 days before a redemption date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail
a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed. Notices of redemption may
not be conditional.

-43-

 

     Any such notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

     (i) the redemption date;

     (ii) the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest to the redemption date;

     (iii) the name and address of a Paying Agent;

     (iv) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to a Paying Agent to collect
the redemption price, plus accrued interest;

     (v) if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the certificate numbers
and principal amounts of the particular Notes to be redeemed, the aggregate principal amount
of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after
such partial redemption;

     (vi) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on
Notes (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the
redemption date;

     (vii) the CUSIP number, ISIN or “Common Code” number, if any, printed on the Notes
being redeemed;

     (viii) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP
number or ISIN or “Common Code” number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the
Notes; and

     (ix) the applicable provision in this Indenture or the Notes pursuant to which the
Company is redeeming such Notes.

          (b) At the Company’s written request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the
Company’s name and at the Company’s expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to
the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate, each covering the matters set forth
in Sections 13.04 and 13.05. In such event, the Company shall provide the Trustee with the
information required by this Section 3.05 in no event less than 10 days in advance of the proposed
mailing of the notice of redemption.

          SECTION 3.06. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed in
accordance with Section 3.05, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption
date and at the redemption price stated in the notice. Upon surrender to any Paying Agent, such
Notes shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued interest to the
redemption date; provided, however, that if the redemption date is after a regular record date and
on or prior to the interest payment date, the accrued interest shall be payable to the Holder of
the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant record date. Failure to give notice or any defect in
the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder.

-44-

 

          SECTION 3.07. Deposit of Redemption Price. With respect to any Notes, prior to 10:00
a.m., New York City time, on the redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent
(or, if the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company is a Paying Agent, shall segregate
and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all
Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions of Notes called
for redemption that have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for cancellation. On and
after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for
redemption so long as the Company has deposited with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the
principal of, plus accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes to be redeemed.

          SECTION 3.08. Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in
part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder (at the Company’s
expense) a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

          SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes. (a) The Company shall promptly pay the principal of
(and premium, if any) and interest, on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the
Notes and in this Indenture. An installment of principal of or interest on the Notes shall be
considered paid on the date it is due if on such date the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than
the Company or any of its Affiliates) holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to
pay all principal and interest then due.

          (b) The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the
Notes and shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate borne by the
Notes to the extent lawful.

          SECTION 4.02. Reports and Other Information. (a) Notwithstanding that the Company may
not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or
otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly
reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Company shall file with the
SEC (and provide the Trustee and Holders with copies thereof, without cost to each Holder, within
15 days after it files them with the SEC),

     (i) within the time periods specified by the Exchange Act, annual reports on Form 10-K (or any
successor or comparable form) containing the information required to be contained therein (or
required in such successor or comparable form),

     (ii) within the time periods specified by the Exchange Act, reports on Form 10-Q (or any
successor or comparable form),

     (iii) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein
reported (and in any event within the time period specified for filing current

-45-

 

reports on Form 8-K by the SEC), such other reports on Form 8-K (or any successor or
comparable form), and

     (iv) any other information, documents and other reports which the Company would be required to
file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

provided, however, that the Company shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if
the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Company shall post the reports specified
above on its website within the time periods that would apply if the Company were required to file
those reports with the SEC. In addition, the Company shall make available such information to
prospective purchasers of Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the
Holders, in each case within 15 days after the time the Company would be required to file such
information with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

          (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall be deemed to have furnished such reports
referred to above to the Trustee and the Holders if it has filed such reports with the SEC via the
EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available. In addition, such requirements shall
be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the Registered Exchange Offer relating to the
applicable Notes or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement by the filing with the
SEC of an exchange offer registration statement or Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with
the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, and any amendments thereto, with such
financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act and provided that such
registration statement or amendments thereto are filed at times that otherwise satisfy the time
requirements set forth in this Section 4.02.

     (c) In the event that:

     (i) the rules and regulations of the SEC permit the Company and any direct or indirect
parent company of the Company to report at such parent entity’s level on a consolidated
basis; and

     (ii) such parent entity of the Company is not engaged in any business in any material
respect other than incidental to its ownership, directly or indirectly, of the capital stock
of the Company,

then such consolidated reporting at such parent entity’s level in a manner consistent with that
described in this Section 4.02 for the Company shall satisfy this Section 4.02.

          (d) Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational
purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any
information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the
Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to
rely exclusively (subject to Article 7 hereof) on Officers’ Certificates).

          SECTION 4.03. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock
and Preferred Stock. (a) (i) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any

-46-

 

of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including
Acquired Indebtedness) or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock; and (ii) the Company shall not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided,
however, that the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired
Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock and any Restricted Subsidiary may issue shares
of Preferred Stock, in each case if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company for the most
recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available
immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred or such
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00 determined on
a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the
additional Indebtedness had been Incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been
issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning
of such four-quarter period.

          In addition, if any Indebtedness is Incurred, or any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is
issued, in each case pursuant to the first paragraph of Section 4.03(a) and in contemplation of a
merger or an acquisition of an operating unit (including a service center) or business, whether
directly or through the acquisition of Capital Stock of another Person, or to provide all or a
portion of the funds or credit support required to consummate such merger or acquisition, the
Consolidated Total Debt Ratio would be no greater than 4.75 to 1.0 at the time of such Incurrence
or issuance, as the case may be, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application
of the net proceeds therefrom and giving pro forma effect to such merger or acquisition), as if the
additional Indebtedness had been Incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been
issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom and the consummation of such
merger or acquisition had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

     (b) The limitations set forth in Section 4.03(a) shall not apply to:

     (i) the Incurrence by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under
any Credit Agreement and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’
acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have
a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) up to an aggregate principal amount
then outstanding equal to the greater of (1) $450.0 million less the sum of (A) the
amount of any such Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (i) that is permanently
retired with the Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale applied from and after the Issue Date to
reduce the outstanding amounts pursuant to Section 4.06 and (B) the aggregate Off-Balance
Sheet Financing Amount attributable to all Qualified Receivables Financings then outstanding
and (2) the sum of (x) 70% of the net book value of the inventory of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries and (y) 90% of the net book value of the accounts receivable of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case, determined by the net book value set
forth on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company for the fiscal quarter immediately
preceding the date on which such Indebtedness is Incurred for which internal financial
statements are available);

-47-

 

     (ii) the Incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by
the Notes (not including any Additional Notes or Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor)
and the Guarantees, as applicable;

     (iii) Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date (after giving effect to the Transactions)
(other than Indebtedness described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 4.03(b));

     (iv) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) Incurred by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the purchase, lease, construction or
improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (whether through the direct purchase
of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets (but no other material
assets)) in an aggregate principal amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount
of all other Indebtedness then outstanding that was Incurred (or deemed incurred pursuant to
clause (xiv) below) pursuant to this clause (iv), does not exceed the greater of (x) 3.5% of
Total Assets and (y) $45.0 million;

     (v) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the
ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation
claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability
insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type
obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing
of such letters of credit, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such
drawing;

     (vi) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries providing for adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each
case, Incurred in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or
a Subsidiary of the Company in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, other than
guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such
business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided,
however, that, at the time of closing, the amount of such Indebtedness is not determinable
and, to the extent such Indebtedness thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the
Indebtedness is paid within 60 days thereafter;

     (vii) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that
any such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of the Company
under the Notes and this Indenture; provided further, however, that any subsequent issuance
or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted
Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any
such Indebtedness (except to another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case,
to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness;

     (viii) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or
another Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any subsequent issuance or transfer
of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted

-48-

 

Subsidiary that holds such shares of Preferred Stock of another Restricted Subsidiary
ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of
Preferred Stock (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in
each case, to be an issuance of shares of Preferred Stock;

     (ix) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted
Subsidiary; provided, however, that (1) any such Indebtedness is made pursuant to an
intercompany note and (2) if a Subsidiary Guarantor Incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted
Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to
the Guarantee of such Guarantor; provided further, however, that any subsequent issuance or
transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary
holding such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent
transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed,
in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness;

     (x) Hedging Obligations that are not Incurred for speculative purposes and are (1) for
the purpose of fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is
permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding; (2) for the purpose of fixing or
hedging currency exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchanges; or (3) for the
purpose of fixing or hedging commodity price risk with respect to any metal or other
commodity purchases or sales;

     (xi) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds, including
surety bonds issued in respect of workers’ compensation claims, and completion guarantees
provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

     (xii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or
liquidation preference, as applicable, which, when aggregated with the principal amount or
liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock then outstanding and
Incurred pursuant to this clause (xii), does not exceed $50.0 million at any one time
outstanding (it being understood that any Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (xii)
shall cease to be deemed Incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (xii) but shall
be deemed Incurred for purposes of Section 4.03(a) from and after the first date on which
the Company, or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, could have Incurred such
Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a) without reliance upon this clause (xii));

     (xiii) any guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so
long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligations Incurred by the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture; provided,
however, that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment
to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, any such
guarantee of any Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be

-49-

 

subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee with respect to the
Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or
the Guarantee of such Guarantor, as applicable;

     (xiv) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness which serves to refund, refinance or defease any Indebtedness Incurred under
Section 4.03(a) or clause (ii), (iii), (iv), (xiv), (xv) or (xix) of this Section 4.03(b)
(subject to the following proviso, “Refinancing Indebtedness”); provided, however, that such
Refinancing Indebtedness:

     (1) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing
Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than the shorter of (x) the remaining
Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced
and (y) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity that would result if all payments of
principal on the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced that were due on or after
the date one year following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding
were instead due on such date one year following;

     (2) has a Stated Maturity which is no earlier than the earlier of (x) the
Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced or (y) one year
following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding;

     (3) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Indebtedness junior
to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, such
Refinancing Indebtedness is junior to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted
Subsidiary, as applicable;

     (4) is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with significant
original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the
aggregate principal amount (or if issued with significant original issue discount,
the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced
plus premium and fees and expenses Incurred in connection with such refinancing;

     (5) shall not include (x) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness of the Company or
another Guarantor (unless such Restricted Subsidiary is an obligor with respect to
such Indebtedness being refinanced), or (y) Indebtedness of the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
and

     (6) in the case of any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance
Indebtedness outstanding under clause (iv) or (xix) of this Section 4.03(b), shall
be deemed to have been Incurred and to be outstanding under such clause (iv) or
(xix) of this Section 4.03(b), as applicable, and not this clause (xiv) for purposes
of determining amounts outstanding under such clauses (iv) or (xix) of this Section
4.03(b), as applicable;

-50-

 

provided further, however, that subclauses (1), (2) and (3) of this clause (xiv) shall not apply to
any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refund, refinance or defease the Notes;

     (xv) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Persons that are acquired by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided, however, that such Indebtedness or
Disqualified Stock is not Incurred in contemplation of such acquisition or merger or to
provide all or a portion of the funds or credit support required to consummate such
acquisition or merger; provided further, however, that after giving effect to such
acquisition and the Incurrence of such Indebtedness either:

     (1) the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section
4.03(a); or

     (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be greater than immediately prior to
such acquisition;

     (xvi) Indebtedness Incurred by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables
Financing that is not recourse (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings) to the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than a Receivables Subsidiary;

     (xvii) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution
of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary
course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five
Business Days of its Incurrence;

     (xviii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter
of credit issued pursuant to any Credit Agreement, in a principal amount not in excess of
the stated amount of such letter of credit;

     (xix) Contribution Indebtedness;

     (xx) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company Incurred for working capital
purposes; and

     (xxi) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (x) the
financing of insurance premiums or (y) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply
arrangements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business.

          (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and the Guarantors may not Incur any
Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.03(b) if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly,
to repay, prepay, redeem, defease, retire, refund or refinance any Subordinated Indebtedness unless
such Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, as applicable,
to at least the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness. For purposes of determining
compliance with this Section 4.03, (A) Indebtedness need not be Incurred solely by reference to one
category of permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (i) through (xxi) of Section 4.03(b) or
pursuant to Section 4.03(a) but is permitted to be Incurred in

-51-

 

part under any combination thereof and (B) in the event that an item of Indebtedness (or any
portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of permitted Indebtedness
described in clauses (i) through (xxi) of Section 4.03(b) or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to
Section 4.03(a), the Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify such item of
Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.03 and will
only be required to include the amount and type of such item of Indebtedness in one of the above
clauses and such item of Indebtedness shall be treated as having been Incurred pursuant to only one
of such clauses or pursuant to Section 4.03(a); provided, however, that all Indebtedness under the
Credit Agreement outstanding on the Issue Date shall be deemed to have been Incurred pursuant to
clause (i) of Section 4.03(b) and the Company shall not be permitted to reclassify all or any
portion of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to such clause. Accrual of interest, the accretion of
accreted value, amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of
additional Indebtedness with the same terms or in the form of common stock of the Company, the
payment of dividends on Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock of the
same class, the accretion of liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness
outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in
the value of property securing Indebtedness described in clause (3) of the definition of
“Indebtedness” shall not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section
4.03. Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness
which is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not
be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness; provided, however, that the
Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may
be, was in compliance with this Section 4.03.

          SECTION 4.04. Limitation on Restricted Payments. (a) The Company shall not, and
shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

     (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of the Company’s or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any payment with respect to
such Equity Interests made in connection with any merger or consolidation (other than (A)
dividends or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified
Stock) of the Company; or (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided, however, that in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect
of any Equity Interests issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata
share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its ownership percentage of such
Equity Interests);

     (ii) purchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the
Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company;

     (iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise
acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment or scheduled
maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor (other
than the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement of (A)
Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal
installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of

-52-

 

such payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement and (B)
Indebtedness permitted under clauses (vii) and (ix) of Section 4.03(b)); or

     (iv) make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively
referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

     (1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence
thereof;

     (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the
Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the first paragraph of Section
4.03(a); and

     (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted
Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including
Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (i), (iv) (only to the extent of one-half of the
amounts paid pursuant to such clause), (vi) and (viii) of Section 4.04(b), but excluding all
other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04(b)), is less than the sum of, without
duplication,

     (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as
one accounting period) from September 30, 2005 to the end of the Company’s most
recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available
at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income
for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus

     (B) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company after the
Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (excluding
Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, Cash Contribution Amounts,
Excluded Contributions and Disqualified Stock), including Equity Interests issued
upon conversion of Indebtedness (in which case the Company will be deemed to have
received an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness (or,
if such Indebtedness was issued at a significant original issue discount, an amount
equal to the accreted value of such Indebtedness at such time)) or upon exercise of
warrants or options (other than an issuance or sale to a Subsidiary of the Company
or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries), plus

     (C) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash contributions to the capital of the
Company received after the Issue Date (other than Excluded Contributions, Refunding
Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, contributions from the issuance of
Designated Preferred Stock, Disqualified Stock and the Cash Contribution Amount),
plus

-53-

 

     (D) 100% of the aggregate amount received by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in cash subsequent to the Issue Date, from:

     (I) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of Restricted Investments made by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and from repurchases and redemptions
of such Restricted Investments from the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries by any Person (other than the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries) and from repayments of loans or advances which constituted
Restricted Investments (other than in each case to the extent that the
Restricted Investment was made pursuant to clause (vii) or (x) of Section
4.04(b)),

     (II) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or

     (III) a distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

     (E) in the event any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company has been
redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged, consolidated or
amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated
into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, in each case subsequent
to the Issue Date, the Fair Market Value (as determined in accordance with the next
succeeding sentence) of the Investment of the Company in such Unrestricted
Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, combination or transfer (or of the
assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable), after deducting any Indebtedness
associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or combined or any
Indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred or conveyed (other than in
each case to the extent that the designation of such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary was made pursuant to clause (vii) or (x) of Section 4.04(b) or
constituted a Permitted Investment).

     (b) The provisions of Section 4.04(a) shall not prohibit:

     (i) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of
declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the
provisions of this Indenture;

     (ii) (A) the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests
(“Retired Capital Stock”) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the
Company or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor in exchange
for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Equity Interests of the
Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company or contributions to the
equity capital of the Company (other than Designated Preferred Stock, Cash Contribution
Amounts, Excluded Contributions and Disqualified Stock or any Equity Interests sold to a
Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries)

-54-

 

(collectively, including any such contributions, “Refunding Capital Stock”); and (B)
the declaration and payment of accrued dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the
proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or
to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock;

     (iii) the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or
retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor made by
exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new
Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, respectively, which is Incurred in
accordance with Section 4.03 so long as

     (A) the principal amount of such new Indebtedness (or, if such Indebtedness is
issued at a significant original issue discount, the aggregate issue price) does not
exceed the principal amount (or, if such Indebtedness was issued at a significant
original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value at such time) of the
Subordinated Indebtedness being so paid, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired
or retired for value (plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the
terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed,
repurchased, acquired or retired plus any fees and expenses incurred in connection
therewith),

     (B) such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the related Guarantees,
as the case may be, at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so
paid, purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for
value,

     (C) such Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity which is no earlier than the
earlier of (x) the Stated Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so paid,
redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired or (y) one year following the
last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding, and

     (D) such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time
Incurred which is not less than the shorter of (x) the remaining Weighted Average
Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so paid, redeemed,
repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired and (y) the Weighted Average Life to
Maturity that would result if all payments of principal on the Subordinated
Indebtedness being paid, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired that
were due on or after the date one year following the last maturity date of any Notes
then outstanding were instead due on such date one year following;

     (iv) the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition (or dividends to any direct or
indirect parent company of the Company to finance any such repurchase, retirement or other
acquisition) for value of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent
company of the Company held by any future, present or former employee, director or
consultant of the Company, or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company

-55-

 

or any Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option
plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or other agreement or arrangement;
provided, however, that the aggregate amounts paid under this clause (iv) do not exceed
$10.0 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being permitted
to be carried over for the next succeeding calendar year); provided further, however, that
such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

     (A) the cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests (excluding Refunding Capital Stock,
Designated Preferred Stock, Cash Contribution Amounts, Excluded Contributions and
Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the
Company (to the extent contributed to the Company) to members of management,
directors or consultants of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any
direct or indirect parent company of the Company that occurs after the Issue Date;
provided, however, that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such
repurchase, retirement, other acquisition or dividend shall not increase the amount
available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a)(3); plus

     (B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the
Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company (to the extent
contributed to the Company) and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date;

(provided, however, that the Company may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate
increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) above in any calendar year and, to the extent
any payment described under this clause (iv) is made by delivery of Indebtedness and not in
cash, such payment shall be deemed to occur only when, and to the extent, the obligor on
such Indebtedness makes payments with respect to such Indebtedness);

     (v) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class
or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued
or incurred in accordance with Section 4.03;

     (vi) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class
or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the
Issue Date and the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent
entity of the Company, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends
to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified
Stock) of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company issued after the Issue Date
the proceeds of which were contributed to the Company; provided, however, that (A) for the
most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are
available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock,
after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a
pro forma basis, the Company would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.25
to 1.00 and (B) the aggregate amount of dividends

-56-

 

declared and paid pursuant to this clause (vi) does not exceed the net cash proceeds
actually received by the Company from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock (other
than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date;

     (vii) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value,
taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (vii) that are at
that time outstanding, not to exceed $20.0 million at the time of such Investment (with the
Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving
effect to subsequent changes in value);

     (viii) the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock or Preferred Stock (or
the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to fund the payment
by any direct or indirect parent of the Company of dividends on such entity’s common stock
or Preferred Stock) of up to 6.0% per annum of the net proceeds received by the Company from
any public offering of common stock or Preferred Stock or contributed to the Company by any
direct or indirect parent of the Company from any public offering of common stock or
Preferred Stock; provided, however, that such Preferred Stock was issued in a registered
public offering;

     (ix) Investments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

     (x) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $20.0 million;

     (xi) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or
Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company by, Unrestricted
Subsidiaries;

     (xii) (A) with respect to each tax year or portion thereof that the Company qualifies
as a Flow Through Entity, the distribution by the Company to the holders of Capital Stock of
the Company of an amount equal to the product of (i) the amount of aggregate net taxable
income of the Company allocated to the holders of Capital Stock of the Company for such
period and (ii) the Presumed Tax Rate for such period; and (B) with respect to any tax year
or portion thereof that the Company does not qualify as a Flow Through Entity and files a
consolidated U.S. federal tax return with its direct or indirect parent company, the payment
of dividends or other distributions to any direct or indirect parent company of the Company
that files a consolidated U.S. federal tax return that includes the Company and its
Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed the amount that the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries would have been required to pay in respect of federal, state or local taxes (as
the case may be) in respect of such year if the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries paid
such taxes directly as a stand-alone taxpayer (or stand-alone group);

     (xiii) the payment of dividends, other distributions or other amounts by the Company:

     (A) in amounts equal to the amounts required for any direct or indirect parent
of the Company to pay fees and expenses (including franchise or similar taxes)
required to maintain its corporate existence, customary salary, bonus and

-57-

 

other benefits payable to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers and
employees of any direct or indirect parent of the Company and general corporate
overhead expenses of any direct or indirect parent of the Company, in each case to
the extent such fees, expenses salaries, bonuses, benefits and indemnities are
attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its respective
Subsidiaries; provided, however, that any such dividends, distributions or other
amounts shall not exceed $1.0 million per year and shall be treated as an operating
expense of the Company for purposes of determining the Consolidated Net Income of
the Company; and

     (B) in amounts equal to amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of
the Company to pay interest or principal on Indebtedness the proceeds of which have
been contributed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and that has
been guaranteed by, or is otherwise considered Indebtedness of, the Company Incurred
in accordance with Section 4.03; provided, however, that any such contribution will
not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a)(3)
or be used to Incur Contribution Indebtedness or to make a Restricted Payment
pursuant to Section 4.04(b) (other than payments permitted by this clause (xiii);
provided further, however, any such dividends, other distributions or other amounts
used to pay interest shall be treated as interest payments of the Company for
purposes of this Indenture;

     (xiv) cash dividends or other distributions on the Company’s Capital Stock used to, or
the making of loans to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to, fund the
Transactions or the payment of fees and expenses incurred in connection with the
Transactions or owed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company to
Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by Section 4.07;

     (xv) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or
warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options
or warrants;

     (xvi) purchases of receivables pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation in
connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;

     (xvii) in the event of a Change of Control, the payment, purchase, redemption,
defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified
Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or Subordinated Indebtedness of any Guarantor or
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, at a
purchase price not greater than 101% of the principal amount or liquidation preference, as
applicable (or, if such Subordinated Indebtedness was issued with significant original issue
discount, 101% of the accreted value), of such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock
or Preferred Stock, plus any accrued and unpaid interest or dividends thereon; provided,
however, that prior to such payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition
or retirement, the Company (or a third party to the extent permitted by this Indenture) has
made a Change of Control Offer with respect to the Notes as a

-58-

 

result of such Change of Control and have repurchased all Notes validly tendered and
not withdrawn in connection with such Change of Control Offer;

     (xviii) in the event of an Asset Sale that requires the Company to offer to purchase
Notes pursuant to Section 4.06, the payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other
acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock of the Company or Subordinated Indebtedness of any Guarantor or Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, at a purchase price not greater
than 100% of the principal amount or liquidation preference, as applicable (or, if such
Subordinated Indebtedness was issued with significant original issue discount, 100% of the
accreted value), of such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock,
plus any accrued and unpaid interest or dividends thereon; provided, however, that (i) prior
to such payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the
Company (or a third party to the extent permitted by this Indenture) has made an Asset Sale
Offer or Notes Collateral Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, with respect to the Notes as a
result of such Asset Sale and have repurchased all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn
in connection with such Asset Sale Offer or Notes Collateral Asset Sale Offer, as
applicable, and (ii) the aggregate amount of all such payments, purchases, redemptions,
defeasances or other acquisitions or retirements of all such Subordinated Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock may not exceed the amount of the Excess Proceeds or
Notes Collateral Excess Amount used to determine the aggregate purchase price of the Notes
tendered for in such Asset Sale Offer or Notes Collateral Asset Sale Offer, as applicable,
less the aggregate amount applied in connection with such Asset Sale Offer or Notes
Collateral Asset Sale Offer, as applicable;

     (xix) any Restricted Payments made in connection with the consummation of the
Transactions or as contemplated by the Merger Agreement, including any payments or loans
made to any direct or indirect parent to enable it to make any such payments; and

     (xx) payments of cash, or dividends, distributions or advances by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary to allow any such entity to make payments of cash, in lieu of the
issuance of fractional shares upon the exercise of warrants or upon the conversion or
exchange of Capital Stock of any such Person; provided, however, the aggregate amount of
such payments, dividends, distributions or advances does not exceed $2.5 million;

provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment
permitted under clauses (vi), (vii), (x), (xi), (xvii) and (xviii) of this Section 4.04(b), no
Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

          (c) The Company shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary
except pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any
Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be
deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the
definition of “Investments.” Such designation shall only be

-59-

 

permitted if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such
Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

          SECTION 4.05. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. The
Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual
encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

     (a) (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (1) on its Capital Stock; or (2) with respect to any other interest
or participation in, or by, its profits or (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

     (b) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

     (c) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries;

     except in each case for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

     (1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including
pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the other Senior Credit Documents;

     (2) this Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement;

     (3) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

     (4) any agreement or other instrument relating to Indebtedness of a Person acquired by
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which was in existence at the time of such
acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof or to provide all or any portion of
the funds or credit support utilized to consummate such acquisition), which encumbrance or
restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person,
other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;

     (5) any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an
agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital
Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or
disposition;

     (6) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Sections 4.03
and 4.12 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such
Indebtedness;

     (7) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under
contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

-60-

 

     (8) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements that
the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith at the time the joint venture
or other similar agreement is entered into that such encumbrances or restrictions will not
materially adversely affect the Company’s ability to make timely payment of interest,
premium (if any) or principal on the Notes when due;

     (9) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business
or Capitalized Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause
(c) above on the property so acquired;

     (10) customary provisions contained in leases, licenses and other similar agreements
entered into in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the type
described in clause (c) above on the property subject to such lease, license or other
similar agreement;

     (11) any encumbrance or restriction of a Receivables Subsidiary effected in connection
with a Qualified Receivables Financing; provided, however, that such restrictions apply only
to such Receivables Subsidiary;

     (12) other Indebtedness

     (i) of (A) the Company or (B) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, in each case
that (x) is Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.03 and (y) an
Officer reasonably and in good faith determines at the time such Indebtedness is Incurred
(and at the time of any modification of the terms of any such encumbrance or restriction)
that any such encumbrance or restriction will not materially adversely affect the Company’s
ability to satisfy its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture and any other
Indebtedness that is an obligation of the Company and such determination is set forth in an
Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, or

     (ii) that is Incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary of the Company subsequent to the Issue
Date pursuant to clauses (iv), (xii), (xiii) (but limited to guarantees of Indebtedness of
other Foreign Subsidiaries described in this clause (12)(ii)), (xiv) (but only to the extent
such Indebtedness refunds, refinances or decreases Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary
Incurred pursuant to clause (iv) or (xii)) or (xx) of Section 4.03(b); provided, however,
that such encumbrance or restriction applies only to Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company;

     (13) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a), (b) and
(c) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases,
supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or
obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (12) above; provided, however, that such
amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings,
replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, no more
restrictive with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those
contained in the dividend or other payment restrictions prior to such amendment,

-61-

 

modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or
refinancing; or

     (14) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clause (c) above
imposed by any Permitted Liens referred to in clauses (1) and (4) of the definition thereof.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.05, (i) the priority of any Preferred
Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating
distributions being paid on common stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make
distributions on Capital Stock and (ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to the Company
to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to
make loans or advances.

          SECTION 4.06. Asset Sales. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause or make an Asset Sale of any Notes Collateral unless:

     (i) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, receives
consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (as
determined in good faith by the Company) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of;

     (ii) at least 75% of the consideration thereof received by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of Cash Equivalents or Asset Sale Cash Equivalents;

     (iii) (A) to the extent that any assets received by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale constitute securities or may be used or useful in a Similar
Business, such assets are concurrently with their acquisition added to the Notes Collateral
securing the Notes and (B) to the extent that any assets received by the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale constitute the Capital Stock of any Person, the
assets of such Person that may be used or useful in a Similar Business with a Fair Market
Value that is equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value of the Notes Collateral that is
the subject of such Asset Sale (measured together with the consideration described in clause
(a)(ii) above) are concurrently with the acquisition added to the Notes Collateral securing
the Notes and

     (iv) an amount equal to 100% of the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale is paid directly
by the purchaser thereof to the Notes Collateral Agent to be held in trust for application
in accordance with Section 4.06(b).

          (b) The Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may use the Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale of
any Notes Collateral at its option to do any one or more of the following:

     (i) within 365 days after the Notes Collateral Agent’s receipt of such Net Proceeds, to
make an Asset Sale Investment (or to reimburse the Company for customary out-of-pocket costs
incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary and directly related to such an
investment), the assets which are acquired pursuant to such Asset Sale Investment are
concurrently with their acquisition added to the Notes Collateral securing the Notes;
provided, however, that (i) to the extent that the assets acquired by the

-62-

 

Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale Investment may be used or
useful in a Similar Business, such assets are concurrently with their acquisition added to
the Notes Collateral securing the Notes and (ii) to the extent that the assets acquired by
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to such Asset Sale Investment
constitute the Capital Stock of any Person, the assets of such Person that may be used or
useful in a Similar Business, other than such assets that constitute ABL Collateral, are
concurrently with the acquisition added to the Notes Collateral securing the Notes, or

     (ii) within 365 days after the Notes Collateral Agent’s receipt of such Net Proceeds,
to make one or more offers to the holders of the Notes (and, at the option of the Company,
the holders of Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations) to purchase the maximum principal amount
of Notes (and principal amount or accreted value, as applicable, of such Other Pari Passu
Lien Obligations), that is an integral multiple of $1,000 that may be purchased out of the
Notes Collateral Excess Amount at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the
principal amount thereof (or, in the event such Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations were
issued with significant original issue discount, “principal amount” shall refer to 100% of
the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if
any (or, in respect of such Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations, such lesser price, if any, as
may be provided for by the terms of such Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations), to the date
fixed for the closing of such offer, pursuant to and subject to the conditions contained in
this Indenture (each, a “Notes Collateral Asset Sale Offer”); provided, however, that in
connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to this
clause (B), the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall permanently retire such
Indebtedness and shall cause the related loan commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced
in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.06(b), (i) if during the 365-day period
described in this Section 4.06(b), the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into a binding
agreement committing it to apply such Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale of any Notes Collateral in an
Asset Sale Investment in the manner set forth in Section 4.06(b)(i), such 365-day period will be
extended with respect to the amount of Net Proceeds so committed until such Net Proceeds are
required to be applied in accordance with such agreement (or, if earlier, until termination of such
agreement) (but such extension will in no event be for a period longer than 180 days); and (ii) the
Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be required to apply any Net Proceeds in
accordance with this Section 4.06(b) except to the extent that the aggregate Net Proceeds from all
Asset Sales of Notes Collateral which are not applied in accordance with Section 4.06(b) exceeds
$3.0 million (the aggregate amount of such Net Proceeds, the “Notes Collateral Excess Amount”).

          The Company will commence a Notes Collateral Asset Sale Offer with respect to the Net Proceeds
from any Asset Sale of Notes Collateral not later than 10 Business Days after the later of (x) the
365th day (or such later date provided in this Section 4.06(b)) after the receipt of such Net
Proceeds to the extent such Net Proceeds have not been used in accordance with Section 4.06(b)(i)
or (ii) and (y) the date that the Net Proceeds from Asset Sales of Notes Collateral not applied in
accordance with this Section 4.06(b) exceeds $3.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant
to Section 4.06(h), with a copy to the Trustee. After the Company

-63-

 

or any Restricted Subsidiary has applied the Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale of any Notes
Collateral as provided in, and within the time periods required by, this Section 4.06(b), the
balance of such Net Proceeds, if any, from such Asset Sale of any Notes Collateral shall be
released by the Notes Collateral Agent to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary for use by the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary for any purpose not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture
and shall cease to constitute Net Proceeds of Asset Sales of Notes Collateral subject to the
provisions of this Section 4.06(b). If the aggregate principal amount of Notes (and such Other
Pari Passu Lien Obligations) surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of Notes Collateral
Excess Amount, the Trustee shall select the Notes (and such Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations) to
be purchased in the manner set forth in Section 4.06(g). Upon completion of any such Notes
Collateral Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Notes Collateral Excess Amount which served as the basis
for such Notes Collateral Asset Sale Offer shall be reduced to zero.

          (c) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause or
make an Asset Sale (other than an Asset Sale of Notes Collateral), unless (1) the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset
Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of the
assets sold or otherwise disposed of, and (2) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received
by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash
Equivalents or Asset Sale Cash Equivalents.

          (d) Within 365 days after the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company’s receipt
of the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale (other than an Asset Sale of Notes Collateral), the Company
or such Restricted Subsidiary may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale at its option to any
one or more of the following:

     (i) to permanently reduce any Indebtedness constituting Indebtedness of a Restricted
Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (and, in the case of revolving Obligations, to
correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto) or any Pari Passu Indebtedness, in
each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;
provided, however, that if the Company or any Guarantor shall so reduce any Pari Passu
Indebtedness, the Company will equally and ratably reduce Indebtedness under the Notes by
making an offer to all holders of Notes to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the
principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any,
the pro rata principal amount of the Notes, such offer to be conducted in accordance with
the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer but without any further limitation in
amount; or

     (ii) to make an Asset Sale Investment.

Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company may temporarily reduce Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, if any, or
otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities. Any Net
Proceeds from any Asset Sale (other than an Asset Sale of Notes Collateral) that are not applied as
provided and within the 365-day time period set forth in the first sentence of this Section 4.06(d)
will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds”; provided, however, that if during such 365-day time
period the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into a binding

-64-

 

agreement committing it to apply such Net Proceeds in accordance with the requirements of Section
4.06(d)(ii) after the 365th day, such 365-day time period will be extended with respect to the
amount of Net Proceeds so committed until such Net Proceeds are required to be applied in
accordance with such agreement (or, if earlier, until termination of such agreement) (but such
extension will in no event be longer than 180 days). When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds
exceeds $12.5 million, the Company shall make an offer to all holders of Notes (and, at the option
of the Company, to holders of any Pari Passu Indebtedness) (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to purchase the
maximum principal amount of Notes (and principal amount or accreted value, as applicable, of such
Pari Passu Indebtedness), that is an integral multiple of $1,000 that may be purchased out of the
Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount
thereof (or, in the event such Pari Passu Indebtedness was issued with significant original issue
discount, “principal amount” shall refer to 100% of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and
unpaid interest and additional interest, if any (or, in respect of such Pari Passu Indebtedness,
such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for by the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), to
the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this
Indenture. The Company will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds not later
than ten business days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $12.5 million by mailing the
notice required pursuant to the terms of Section 4.06(h), with a copy to the Trustee. To the extent
that the aggregate amount of Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) tendered pursuant to an Asset
Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for
general corporate purposes. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes (and such Pari Passu
Indebtedness) surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee
shall select the Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) to be purchased in the manner set forth
in Section 4.06(g). Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds
which served as the basis for such Asset Sale Offer shall be reduced to zero.

          (e) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and
any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in
connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to a Notes Collateral Asset Sale Offer or an
Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict
with the provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws
and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations set forth in this
Indenture by virtue thereof.

          (f) Not later than the date upon which written notice of a Notes Collateral Asset Sale Offer
or an Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, is delivered to the Trustee as provided above, the Company
shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate as to (i) in the case of an Asset Sale Offer,
the amount of the Excess Proceeds, (ii) the allocation of the Net Proceeds from the Asset Sales
pursuant to which such Notes Collateral Asset Sale Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, is
being made and (iii) the compliance of such allocation with the provisions of Section 4.06(b) or
Section 4.06(d), as applicable. On such date, in the case of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company
shall also irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or with a paying agent (or, if the Company or a
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company is acting as a Paying Agent, segregate and hold
in trust) an amount equal to the Excess Proceeds to be invested in Cash Equivalents, as directed in
writing by the Company, and to be held for payment in accordance with the provisions of this
Section 4.06. Upon the expiration of the period for which

-65-

 

the Notes Collateral Asset Sale Offer or the Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, remains open
(the “Offer Period”), the Company shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes or
portions thereof that have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Company. The
Trustee (or a Paying Agent, if not the Trustee) shall, on the date of purchase, mail or deliver
payment to each tendering Holder in the amount of the purchase price. In the event that (x) in the
case of an Asset Sale Offer, the Excess Proceeds delivered by the Company to the Trustee as
provided in this Section 4.06(f) or (y) in the case of a Notes Collateral Asset Sale Offer, the
aggregate amount held by the Trustee pursuant to clause (iv) of Section 4.06(a) is greater than the
purchase price of the Notes tendered, the Trustee shall deliver the excess to the Company
immediately after the expiration of the Offer Period for use in any manner not prohibited by this
Section 4.06.

          (g) Holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an
appropriate form duly completed, to the Company at the address specified in the notice at least
three Business Days prior to the purchase date. Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their
election if the Trustee or the Company receives not later than one Business Day prior to the
Purchase Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the
Holder, the principal amount of the Note which was delivered by the Holder for purchase and a
statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased. If at the end
of the Offer Period more Notes (and any Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations) are tendered pursuant to
a Notes Collateral Asset Sale Offer than the Company is required to purchase, the principal amount
of the Notes (and such Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations) to be purchased will be determined pro
rata based on the principal amounts so tendered and the selection of the actual Notes for purchase
will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable; provided, however, that
no Notes (or any Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations) of $1,000 or less shall be purchased in part.
If at the end of the Offer Period more Notes (and Pari Passu Indebtedness) are tendered pursuant to
an Asset Sale Offer than the Company is required to purchase, the principal amount of the Notes
(and Pari Passu Indebtedness) to be purchased will be determined pro rata based on the principal
amounts so tendered and the selection of the actual Notes for purchase will be made by the Trustee
on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable; provided, however, that no Notes (or Pari Passu
Indebtedness) of $1,000 or less shall be purchased in part.

          (h) Notices of a Notes Collateral Asset Sale Offer or an Asset Sale Offer shall be mailed by
first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase date
to each Holder at such Holder’s registered address. If any Note is to be purchased in part only,
any notice of purchase that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount
thereof that is to be purchased.

          (i) A new Note in principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of any Note purchased in
part shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On
and after the purchase date, unless the Company defaults in payment of the purchase price, interest
shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof purchased.

          SECTION 4.07. Transactions with Affiliates. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell,
lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any
property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of transactions,

-66-

 

contract, agreement, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of
the Company (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate consideration
in excess of $2.0 million, unless:

     (i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to
the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably have been
obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an
unaffiliated party; and

     (ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate
Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, the Company
delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted in good faith by the majority of the Board of
Directors of the Company, approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officers’
Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above.

     (b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) shall not apply to the following:

     (i) (A) transactions between or among the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
and (B) any merger of the Company and any direct parent company of the Company; provided,
however, that such parent shall have no material liabilities and no material assets other
than cash, Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of the Company and such merger is
otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture and effected for a bona fide
business purpose;

     (ii) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04 and Permitted Investments (other
than pursuant to clauses (3), (6), (9), (10) and (13) of the definition thereof) permitted
under this Indenture;

     (iii) (A) the entering into of any agreement to pay, and the payment of, annual
management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and expenses to the Sponsor in an
aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the greater of (x) $3.0 million and (y)
3.0% of Adjusted EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the immediately
preceding fiscal year; provided, however, that any payment not made in any fiscal year may
be carried forward and paid in the following two fiscal years and (B) the payment of the
present value of all amounts payable pursuant to any agreement described in clause (iii)(A)
in connection with the termination of such agreement;

     (iv) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnity provided on
behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company;

     (v) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made
for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of
other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with
acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are (x) approved by a majority of the Board of
Directors of the Company in good faith or (y) made pursuant to any agreement described under
the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Party

-67-

 

Transactions” in the Offering Circular, including the transaction fee agreement
described thereunder;

     (vi) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the
case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating
that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial
point of view or meets the requirements of clause (i) of Section 4.07(a);

     (vii) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants in the
ordinary course of business which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of
the Company in good faith;

     (viii) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries under the terms of, any agreement or instrument (other than with the Sponsor,
except to the extent the Sponsor includes the Company, any of its direct or indirect
parents, Holdings or any Subsidiary of the Company) as in effect as of the Issue Date or any
amendment thereto (so long as any such agreement or instrument together with all amendments
thereto, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any
material respect than the original agreement or instrument as in effect on the Issue Date)
or any transaction contemplated thereby;

     (ix) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, the Merger Agreement, any stockholders
agreement or investor rights agreement (including any registration rights agreement or
purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any
amendment thereto or similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided,
however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of its obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing agreement
or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by
this clause (ix) to the extent that the terms of any such existing agreement together with
all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreement are not otherwise more
disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original
agreement as in effect on the Issue Date or any transactions contemplated thereby;

     (x) transactions to effect the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses
related to the Transactions, including fees to the Sponsor, in each case that are described
in the Offering Circular;

     (xi) (A) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, toll manufactures or
purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business
and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture, on terms that are not
materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those
that could reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary with an unaffiliated party or (B) transactions with joint ventures or
Unrestricted Subsidiaries for the purchase or sale of goods or services entered into in the
ordinary course of business;

-68-

 

     (xii) any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Financing;

     (xiii) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

     (xiv) the issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash,
securities or otherwise pursuant to or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock option
and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of
Directors of the Company or of a Restricted Subsidiary, as appropriate, in good faith;

     (xv) the entering into of any tax sharing agreement or arrangement and any payments
permitted by Section 4.04(b)(xii);

     (xvi) any contribution to the capital of the Company; and

     (xvii) any employment agreements entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.

          SECTION 4.08. Change of Control. (a) Not later than 30 days following any Change of
Control, unless the Company has given notice of redemption pursuant to Section 3.05 with respect to
all the Notes, the Company will mail a Change of Control Offer to each Holder with a copy to the
Trustee.

          (b) A “Change of Control Offer” means a notice mailed to each Holder with a copy to the
Trustee stating:

     (i) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such Holder has the right to require
the Company to purchase all or a portion of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash
equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date
of purchase (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to
receive interest on the relevant interest payment date);

     (ii) the circumstances and relevant facts and financial information regarding such
Change of Control;

     (iii) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60
days from the date such notice is mailed); and

     (iv) the instructions determined by the Company, consistent with this Section, that a
Holder must follow in order to have its Notes purchased.

          A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such
Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of
making of the Change of Control Offer.

          (c) Holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an
appropriate form duly completed, to the Company at the address specified in the

-69-

 

notice at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. The Holders shall be entitled
to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Company receives not later than one Business Day
prior to the purchase date a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the
name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note which was delivered for purchase by the Holder
and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased. Holders
whose Notes are purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the
unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered.

          (d) On the purchase date, all Notes purchased by the Company under this Section 4.08 shall be
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall pay the purchase price plus
accrued and unpaid interest to the Holders entitled thereto.

          (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, the Company shall be deemed to
have made a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of
Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set
forth in Section 4.08(b) applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases
all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

          (f) At the time the Company delivers Notes to the Trustee which are to be accepted for
purchase, the Company shall also deliver an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes are to be
accepted by the Company pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.08. A Note
shall be deemed to have been accepted for purchase at the time the Trustee, directly or through an
agent, mails or delivers payment therefor to the surrendering Holder.

          (g) Prior to any Change of Control Offer, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent contained herein to the right of the
Company to make such offer have been complied with.

          (h) The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e)
of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase
of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any
securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 4.08, the Company shall
comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have failed
to make a Change of Control Offer or purchase the Notes pursuant thereto under this Section by
virtue thereof.

          SECTION 4.09. Compliance Certificate. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within
120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company an Officers’ Certificate stating that in
the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as Officers of the Company they would
normally have knowledge of any Default and whether or not the signers know of any Default that
occurred during such period. If they do, the certificate shall describe the Default, its status
and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Company also
shall comply with Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA.

-70-

 

          So long as any of the Notes are outstanding (i) if any Default or Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing or (ii) if any Holder seeks to exercise any remedy hereunder with
respect to a claimed Default under this Indenture or the Notes, then, within 30 days of the
occurrence of such Default or Event of Default or the Company receiving written notice of any
action by a Holder described in the preceding clause (ii), the Company shall deliver to the Trustee
by registered or certified mail or by telegram, telex or facsimile transmission followed by hard
copy by registered or certified mail an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default, Event of
Default or notice.

          SECTION 4.10. Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee, the Company
shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably
necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

          SECTION 4.11. Future Guarantors. After the Issue Date, the Company shall cause each
of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than (x) a Foreign Subsidiary or (y) a Receivables
Subsidiary) that:

     (a) guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
or

     (b) Incurs any Indebtedness or issues any shares of Disqualified Stock permitted to be
Incurred or issued pursuant to clause (i) or (xii) of Section 4.03(b) or not permitted to be
Incurred by such Section 4.03

to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of
Appendix B pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall guarantee payment of the Notes. The parties
hereto hereby acknowledge that the Subsidiary Guarantors party to this Indenture as of the date any
supplemental indenture is to be executed need not be party to such supplemental indenture.

          SECTION 4.12. Liens. Holdings and the Company shall not, and the Company shall not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to
exist any Lien (the “Initial Lien”) on any asset or property of Holdings, the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any
right to receive income therefrom, whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, except

     (i) in the case of the Notes Collateral, any Initial Lien if (A) such Initial Lien
expressly ranks junior to the first-priority security interest intended to be created in
favor of the Notes Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the holders of the
Notes pursuant to the Security Documents; provided, however, that the terms of such junior
interest will be no more favorable to the beneficiaries thereof than the terms contained in
the Intercreditor Agreement; or (B) such Initial Lien is a Permitted Collateral Lien;

     (ii) in the case of the ABL Collateral, any Initial Lien if (A) the Notes are equally
and ratably secured on a second priority basis by such ABL Collateral until such time as
such Initial Lien is released or (B) such Initial Lien is a Permitted Lien; and

-71-

 

     (iii) in the case of any other asset or property, any Initial Lien if (A) the Notes are
equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior basis to, in the case such Initial Lien
secures any Subordinated Obligations) the obligations secured by such Initial Lien or (B)
such Initial Lien is a Permitted Lien.

          Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii)
of the preceding paragraph shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and
unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien, in the
case of clause (ii) to the extent provided for in Section 11.03, which release and discharge in the
case of any sale of any such asset or property shall not affect any Lien that the Notes Collateral
Agent may have on the proceeds from such sale.

          SECTION 4.13. Maintenance of Office or Agency.

          (a) The Company shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or
an affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of
transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the
Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the
Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time
the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the
Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made
or served at the corporate trust office of the Trustee as set forth in Section 13.02.

          (b) The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies
where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to
time rescind such designations. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any
such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or
agency.

          (c) The Company hereby designates the corporate trust office of the Trustee or its Agent as
such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.04.

          SECTION 4.14. Impairment of Security Interest. Subject to the rights of the holders
of Permitted Liens and Permitted Collateral Liens, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, take or knowingly or negligently omit to take, any action which
action or omission would or could reasonably be expected to have the result of materially impairing
the security interest with respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the Trustee and the
Holders, subject to limited exceptions. The Company shall not amend, modify or supplement, or
permit or consent to any amendment, modification or supplement of, the Security Documents in any
way that would be adverse to the Holders in any material respect, except as permitted under
Articles 9 or 11 hereof or the Intercreditor Agreement.

          SECTION 4.15. After-Acquired Property. Upon the acquisition by the Company or any
Guarantor of any After-Acquired Property (but subject to the limitations, if applicable, set forth
in Section 11.01), the Company or such Guarantor shall execute and deliver such mortgages, deeds of
trust, security instruments, financing statements and certificates and

-72-

 

opinions of counsel as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the Notes Collateral Agent a
perfected security interest in such After-Acquired Property and to have such After-Acquired
Property added to the Notes Collateral or the ABL Collateral, as applicable, and thereupon all
provisions of this Indenture relating to the Notes Collateral or the ABL Collateral, as applicable,
shall be deemed to relate to such After-Acquired Property to the same extent and with the same
force and effect.

ARTICLE 5

MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF ALL

OR SUBSTANTIALLY ALL ASSETS

          SECTION 5.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets. (a)
The Company shall not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Company
is the surviving entity), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or
substantially all of its assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person (other than any
such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or disposition in
connection with the Transactions described in the Offering Circular) unless:

     (i) the Company is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment,
transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation,
limited partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the
United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the
Company or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”);
provided, however, that if such Successor Company is not a corporation, such Successor
Company will form a Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a corporation and cause such Wholly
Owned Subsidiary to become a co-issuer of the Notes;

     (ii) the Successor Company (if other than the Company) expressly assumes all the
obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to supplemental
indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

     (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction no Default shall have
occurred and be continuing;

     (iv) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, as if such
transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period (and
treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the
Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), either

-73-

 

     (A) the Successor Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth
in Section 4.03(a); or

     (B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;
and

     (v) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such
supplemental indentures (if any) comply with this Indenture.

          The Successor Company (if other than the Company) shall succeed to, and be substituted for,
the Company under this Indenture, and the predecessor Company, except in the case of a lease of all
or substantially all assets, will be released from all obligations with respect to this Indenture
and the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (iii) and (iv), (A) any Restricted Subsidiary
may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the
Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary, and (B) the Company may merge with an Affiliate
incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another state of the United
States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not
increased thereby.

          (b) The Company shall not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into
or wind up into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving entity), or sell,
assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets in
one or more related transactions to, any Person (other than any such consolidation, merger, sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or disposition in connection with the Transactions
described in the Offering Circular) unless:

     (i) except in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor (x) that has been disposed of in its
entirety to another Person (other than to the Company, Holdings or a Subsidiary of the
Company or Holdings), whether through a merger, consolidation or sale of Capital Stock or
assets or (y) that, as a result of the disposition of all or a portion of its Capital Stock,
ceases to be a Subsidiary, in both cases, if in connection therewith the Company provides an
Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee to the effect that the Company will comply with its
obligations under Section 4.06 in respect of such disposition, such Subsidiary Guarantor is
the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger
(if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer,
lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation, partnership or
limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States, any
state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Subsidiary Guarantor
or such Person, as the case may be, except in the case of clause (x) or (y), being herein
called the “Successor Guarantor”);

     (ii) the Successor Guarantor (if other than such Guarantor) (to the extent applicable)
expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture

-74-

 

and such Guarantors’ Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents
or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

     (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any
Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Guarantor (to the extent
applicable) or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been
Incurred by the Successor Guarantor (to the extent applicable) or such Subsidiary at the
time of such transaction) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

     (iv) the Successor Guarantor (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) (to the extent
applicable) shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Trustee an Officers’
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or
transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture.

          The Successor Guarantor (to the extent applicable) shall succeed to, and be substituted for,
such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee, and the predecessor Subsidiary
Guarantor, except in the case of a lease of all or substantially all assets, will be released from
all obligations with respect to its Guarantee, this Indenture and the Notes. Notwithstanding the
foregoing clause (iii), (A) a Guarantor may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the
purpose of reincorporating such Guarantor in another state of the United States, so long as the
amount of Indebtedness of the Guarantor is not increased thereby and (B) a Guarantor may merge with
another Guarantor or the Company.

          (c) Holdings shall not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not
Holdings is the surviving entity), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of
all or substantially all of its assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person (other
than any such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or disposition
in connection with the Transactions described in the Offering Circular) unless:

     (i) Holdings is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than Holdings) or to which such sale, assignment,
transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation,
partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United
States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (Holdings or
such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Holdings Guarantor”);

     (ii) the Successor Holdings Guarantor (if other than Holdings) expressly assumes all
the obligations of Holdings under this Indenture and Holdings’ Guarantee of the Notes
pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee;

     (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction no Default shall have
occurred and be continuing; and

     (iv) the Successor Holdings Guarantor (if other than Holdings) shall have delivered to
the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating

-75-

 

that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any)
comply with this Indenture.

          The Successor Holdings Guarantor shall succeed to, and be substituted for, Holdings under this
Indenture and such Holdings’ Guarantee of the Notes and the predecessor Holdings, except in the
case of a lease of all or substantially all assets, will be released from all obligations with
respect to its Guarantee, this Indenture and the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses
(iii), (A) Holdings may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of
reincorporating Holdings in another state of the United States and (B) Holdings may merge with
another Guarantor or the Company.

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

          SECTION 6.01. Events of Default. An “Event of Default” with respect to all of the
Notes occurs if:

     (a) the Company defaults in any payment of interest on any Note when the same becomes
due and payable, and such default continues for a period of 30 days,

     (b) the Company defaults in the payment of principal or premium, if any, of any Note
when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon
declaration or otherwise;

     (c) the Company or Holdings fails to comply with its obligations under Section 5.01,

     (d) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries fails to comply with any of its
obligations under the covenants set forth in Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07,
4.11, 4.12, 4.14 or 4.15 (in each case, other than a failure to purchase Notes when required
under Section 4.06) and such failure continues for 30 days after the notice specified below,

     (e) the Company, Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company fails to comply
with any of its agreements in the Notes or this Indenture (other than those referred to in
(a), (b), (c), or (d) above) and such failure continues for 60 days after the notice
specified below,

     (f) the Company, Holdings or any Significant Subsidiary fails to pay any Indebtedness
(other than Indebtedness owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company)
within any applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such
Indebtedness by the holders thereof because of a default, in each case, if the total amount
of such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $15.0 million or its foreign currency
equivalent,

-76-

 

     (g) the Company, Holdings or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the
meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

     (i) commences a voluntary case;

     (ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary
case;

     (iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial
part of its property; or

     (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or takes any
comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency,

     (h) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy
Law that:

     (i) is for relief against the Company, Holdings or any Significant Subsidiary
in an involuntary case;

     (ii) appoints a Custodian of the Company, Holdings or any Significant
Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; or

     (iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company, Holdings or any
Significant Subsidiary;

or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order or decree remains unstayed
and in effect for 60 days,

     (i) the Company, Holdings or any Significant Subsidiary fails to pay final judgments
aggregating in excess of $15.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent (net of any
amounts which are covered by enforceable insurance policies issued by solvent carriers),
which judgments are not discharged, waived or stayed for a period of 60 days following the
entry thereof,

     (j) the Guarantee of the Notes by Holdings or a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in
full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms thereof or by this Indenture) or
any Guarantor denies or disaffirms in writing its obligations under this Indenture or any
Guarantee and such Default continues for 10 days,

     (k) unless all of the Collateral has been released from the Liens in accordance with
the provisions of the Security Documents, the Company, Holdings or any Subsidiary shall
assert, in any pleading in any court of competent jurisdiction, that any such security
interest is invalid or unenforceable and, in the case of any such Subsidiary, the Company
fails to cause such Subsidiary to rescind such assertions within 30 days after the Company
has actual knowledge of such assertions, or

     (l) the failure by the Company, Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply for 60
days after notice with its other agreements contained in the Security Documents

-77-

 

except for a failure that would not be material to the Holders and would not materially
affect the value of the Collateral taken as a whole.

          The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of
Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant
to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any
administrative or governmental body.

          The term “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar Federal or state
law for the relief of debtors. The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee,
liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

          A Default under clause (d), (e) or (l) above shall not constitute an Event of Default until
the Trustee notifies the Company or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the
outstanding Notes notify the Company and the Trustee of the Default and the Company does not cure
such Default within the time specified in clauses (d), (e) or (l) above after receipt of such
notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such
notice is a “Notice of Default.” The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after
the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of any event which
is, or with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default,
its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

          SECTION 6.02. Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default
specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee by notice to the Company or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding
Notes by notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and
accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such
principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in
Section 6.01(g) or (h) with respect to the Company occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and
interest on all the Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any
declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. The Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the Notes by notice to the Trustee may rescind an acceleration and its
consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing
Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has
become due solely because of acceleration. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default
or impair any right consequent thereto.

          SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee may pursue any available remedy at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of
or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this
Indenture.

          The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not
produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in
exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair

-78-

 

the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No
remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative.

          SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured
and the Company, the Trustee and the Holders will be restored to their former positions and rights
under this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair
any consequent right.

          SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of
the Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy
available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However,
the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law, this Indenture, the
Intercreditor Agreement or any Security Document or, subject to Section 7.01, that the Trustee
determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the
Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed
proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action
under this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its
sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

          SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits. (a) Except to enforce the right to receive
payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with
respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

     (i) such Holder gives to the Trustee written notice stating that an Event of Default is
continuing;

     (ii) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes make a written
request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

     (iii) such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity
satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;

     (iv) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the
request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

     (v) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes do not give the Trustee
a direction inconsistent with the request during such 60-day period.

          (b) A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain
a preference or priority over another Holder.

          SECTION 6.07. Rights of the Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and
interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed or
provided for in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after
such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

-79-

 

          SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section
6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as
trustee of an express trust against the Company or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole
amount then due and owing (together with interest on overdue principal and (to the extent lawful)
on any unpaid interest at the rate provided for in the Notes) and the amounts provided for in
Section 7.07.

          SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of
claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of
the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation, expenses disbursements and advances
of the Trustee (including counsel, accountants, experts or such other professionals as the Trustee
deems necessary, advisable or appropriate)) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings
relative to the Company or any Guarantor, their creditors or their property, shall be entitled to
participate as a member, voting or otherwise, of any official committee of creditors appointed in
such matters and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the
Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions,
and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make
payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such
payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and
any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07.

          SECTION 6.10. Priorities. Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, if the Trustee
collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money or property
in the following order:

          FIRST: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 and the
Notes Collateral Agent for any amounts, expenses, costs or liabilities owed to or incurred by it
relating to or in connection with any Security Document;

          SECOND: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any,
and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and
payable on the Notes for principal and interest, respectively; and

          THIRD: to the Company or, to the extent the Trustee collects any amount for or from any
Guarantor, to such Guarantor.

          The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to the Holders pursuant to
this Section. At least 15 days before such record date, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder and
the Company a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.

          SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or
remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by
it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit
of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess

-80-

 

reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party
litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made
by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder
pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes.

          SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor
(to the extent it may lawfully do so) shall at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner
whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted,
now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this
Indenture; and the Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby
expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the
execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of
every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

          SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee. (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use
the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under
the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs.

          (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

     (i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are
specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants, obligations,
responsibilities or duties shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

     (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to
the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon
certificates (including Officers’ Certificates) or opinions (including Opinions of Counsel)
furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in
the case of certificates or opinions required by any provision hereof to be provided to it,
the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they
conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

          (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own
negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

     (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section;

     (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a
Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the
pertinent facts;

-81-

 

     (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to
take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.02,
6.04 or 6.05; and

     (iv) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own
funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties
hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers.

          (d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to
paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section.

          (e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the
Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.

          (f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the
extent required by law.

          (g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or
affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section and to the
provisions of the TIA.

          SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee. (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be
fully protected in acting or refraining from acting on any document believed by it to be genuine
and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any
fact or matter stated in the document.

          (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate
or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits
to take in good faith in reliance on the Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

          (c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or
negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

          (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith
which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided, however, that the
Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence.

          (e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and the advice or opinion of
counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and
complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or
suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such
counsel.

          (f) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated
in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent,
order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document unless requested in writing to do
so by the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes at the time
outstanding, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or

-82-

 

investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall
determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books,
records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney, at the expense of the
Company and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of making or not making such inquiry or
investigation.

          (g) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in
it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture,
unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the
Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance
with such request or direction.

          (h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee,
including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in
each of its capacities hereunder including as Notes Collateral Agent and in its capacity as Trustee
and Notes Collateral Agent under the Security Documents and as a party to the Intercreditor
Agreement, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder and thereunder.

          (i) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance
of its powers and duties hereunder.

          (j) The permissive rights of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not
be construed as a duty.

          (k) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Incumbency Certificate setting forth
the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified
actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Incumbency Certificate may be signed by any person
authorized to sign an Incumbency Certificate, including a person as so authorized in any such
certificate previously delivered and not suspended.

          SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any
other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or
its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent or
Registrar may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10
and 7.11.

          SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and
makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, any Guarantee or the
Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it
shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company or any Guarantor in this Indenture or in
any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the
Trustee’s certificate of authentication. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any
Default other than (i) any Event of Default occurring pursuant to Sections 6.01(a) or (b) or (ii)
any Default of which a Trust Officer shall have actual knowledge thereof or the Trustee shall have
received written notice thereof in accordance with Section 13.02 hereof from the Company,

-83-

 

any Guarantor or any Holder. As used herein, actual knowledge means the actual fact or
statement of knowing, without any duty to make any investigation with regard thereto.

          SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is
actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder notice of the Default within
the earlier of 90 days after it occurs or 30 days after it is actually known to a Trust Officer or
written notice of it is received by the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of
principal of, premium (if any) or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and
so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice
is in the interests of the Holders.

          SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to the Holders. As promptly as practicable after
each August 1 beginning with the August 1 following the date of this Indenture, and in any event
prior to September 1 in each year, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of
such August 1 that complies with Section 313(a) of the TIA if and to the extent required thereby.
The Trustee shall also comply with Section 313(b) of the TIA.

          A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders shall be filed with the SEC
and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes are listed. The Company agrees to notify
promptly the Trustee whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting
thereof.

          SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. The Company shall pay to the Trustee from
time to time reasonable compensation for its services. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be
limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse
the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, disbursements or advances
incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its
services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Company and each
Guarantor, jointly and severally shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee and its Related
Persons against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage or expense (including reasonable
attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by or in connection with the acceptance or administration of
this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder, and under any Security Document to which
the Trustee is a party and the Intercreditor Agreement, including the costs and expenses of
enforcing this Indenture, the Notes or Guarantee against the Company or a Guarantor (including this
Section 7.07) and defending itself against or investigating any claim (whether asserted by the
Company, any Guarantor, any Holder or any other Person). The Trustee shall notify the Company of
any claim for which it may seek indemnity promptly upon obtaining actual knowledge thereof;
provided, however, that any failure so to notify the Company shall not relieve the Company or any
Guarantor of its indemnity obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the
indemnified party shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Company’s expense in the defense.
Such indemnified parties may have separate counsel and the Company and the Guarantors, as
applicable shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel; provided, however, that the Company
shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if it assumes such indemnified parties’ defense
and, in such indemnified parties’ reasonable judgment, there is no conflict of interest between the
Company and the Guarantors, as applicable, and such parties in connection with such defense.

-84-

 

The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense
incurred by an indemnified party through such party’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad
faith.

          To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee
shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee
other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes.

          The Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations pursuant to this Section shall survive
the termination, satisfaction or discharge of this Indenture, any rejection or termination of this
Indenture under any bankruptcy law or the resignation or removal of the Trustee. Without prejudice
to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs expenses
after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) with respect to the Company,
the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law.

          SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. (a) The Trustee may resign at any time by so
notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may remove the
Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Company shall remove
the Trustee if:

          (i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

          (ii) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

          (iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property;
or

          (iv) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

          (b) If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the TIA,
the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner
provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the TIA and this Indenture.

          (c) If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Company or by the Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the Notes and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor
Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event
being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor
Trustee.

          (d) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring
Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall
become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the
Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to the
Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the
successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07.

-85-

 

          (e) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee
resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of 10% in principal amount of the Notes
may petition at the expense of the Company any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment
of a successor Trustee.

          (f) If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is
stayed as provided in Section 310(b) of the TIA, any Holder who has been a bona fide holder of a
Note for at least six months may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of
the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

          (g) Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Company’s
obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

          SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges
or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to,
another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation
without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

          In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the
Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been
authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of
authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at
that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may
authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the
successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which
it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall
have.

          SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy
the requirements of Section 310(a) of the TIA. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and
surplus of at least $100,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of
condition. The Trustee shall comply with Section 310(b) of the TIA, subject to its right to apply
for a stay of its duty to resign under the penultimate paragraph of Section 310(b) of the TIA;
provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA
any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or
participation in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such
exclusion set forth in Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA are met.

          SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company. The Trustee
shall comply with Section 311(a) of the TIA, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section
311(b) of the TIA. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a)
of the TIA to the extent indicated.

-86-

 

ARTICLE 8

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

          SECTION 8.01. Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance. (a) This Indenture shall
be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of
registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, as expressly provided for in this Indenture) as to
all outstanding Notes and their obligations under this Indenture with respect to the Holders of the
Notes:

     (i) when (1) all the Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than Notes
pursuant to Section 2.08 which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money
has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and
thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation or (2) all of the Notes (a) have become due and payable, (b) will
become due and payable at their stated maturity within one year or (c) if redeemable at the
option of the Company, are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements
satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the
name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company has irrevocably deposited or
caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in respect of the Notes, cash in U.S. Dollars,
U.S. Government obligations or a combination thereof in an amount sufficient to pay and
discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of
deposit together with irrevocable instructions from the Company directing the Trustee to
apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

     (ii) the Company or the Guarantors have paid all other sums payable under this
Indenture; and

     (iii) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion
of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

          (b) Subject to Sections 8.01(c) and 8.02, the Company at any time may terminate (i) all of its
obligations under the Notes and this Indenture with respect to the Notes (“legal defeasance
option”) or (ii) its obligations under Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.11,
4.12, 4.14 and 4.15 for the benefit of the Notes and the operation of Section 5.01(a)(iv), 5.01(b)
and 5.01(c) and Sections 6.01(c) (only as it applies to Section 5.01(a)(iv), 5.01(b) and 5.01(c)),
6.01(d), 6.01(f), 6.01(g) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only), 6.01(h) (with respect to
Significant Subsidiaries only), 6.01(i) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only), 6.01(j),
6.01(k) and 6.01(l) for the benefit of the Notes (“covenant defeasance option”). The Company may
exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance
option. In the event that the Company exercises its legal defeasance option or its covenant
defeasance option, the obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee of the Notes shall be
terminated simultaneously with the termination of such obligations.

-87-

 

          If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes so defeased may not
be accelerated because of an Event of Default. If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance
option, payment of the Notes so defeased may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default
specified in Section 6.01(c), 6.01(d), 6.01(f), 6.01(g) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries
only), 6.01(h) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only), 6.01(i) (with respect to
Significant Subsidiaries only), 6.01(j), 6.01(k) or 6.01(l) or because of the failure of the
Company to comply with Section 5.01(a)(iv). Any exercise of the Company’s covenant defeasance
option or legal defeasance option will not have any effect on the Notes and their rights under this
Indenture or on the obligations of the Company, Holdings and the Guarantors with respect to the
Notes.

          Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Company, the
Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Company
terminates.

          (c) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, the Company’s obligations in Sections 2.04,
2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 7.07, 7.08 and in this Article 8 shall survive until all the Notes
have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Company’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06
shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.

          SECTION 8.02. Conditions to Defeasance. (a) The Company may exercise its legal
defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if:

     (i) the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee in respect of cash in
U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof in an amount sufficient
or Government Obligations, the principal of and the interest on which will be sufficient, or
a combination thereof sufficient, to pay the principal of, and premium (if any) and interest
on the applicable Notes when due at maturity or redemption, as the case may be, including
interest thereon to maturity or such redemption date;

     (ii) the Company delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a nationally recognized
firm of independent accountants expressing their opinion that the payments of principal and
interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations
plus any deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in such
amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest when due on
all the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

     (iii) 123 days pass after the deposit is made and during the 123-day period no Default
specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) with respect to the Company occurs which is continuing
at the end of the period;

     (iv) the deposit does not constitute a default under any other agreement binding on the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

     (v) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the
trust resulting from the deposit does not constitute, or is qualified as, a regulated
investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

-88-

 

     (vi) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to
the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (1) the Company has received from, or there
has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (2) since the date of this
Indenture there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case
to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the
Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result
of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same
amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such
deposit and defeasance had not occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of
Counsel required with respect to a legal defeasance need not be delivered if all the Notes
not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable;

     (vii) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered
to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders will not recognize
income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and
defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner
and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not
occurred; and

     (viii) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the
Notes to be so defeased and discharged as contemplated by this Article 8 have been complied
with.

          (b) Before or after a deposit, the Company may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee
for the redemption of such Notes at a future date in accordance with Article 3.

          SECTION 8.03. Application of Trust Money. The Trustee shall hold in trust money or
Government Obligations (including proceeds thereof) deposited with it pursuant to this Article 8.
It shall apply the deposited money and the money from Government Obligations through each Paying
Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the
Notes so discharged or defeased.

          SECTION 8.04. Repayment to the Company. Each of the Trustee and each Paying Agent
shall promptly turn over to the Company upon request any money or Government Obligations held by it
as provided in this Article which, in the written opinion of nationally recognized firm of
independent public accountants delivered to the Trustee (which delivery shall only be required if
Government Obligations have been so deposited), are in excess of the amount thereof which would
then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent discharge or defeasance in accordance with
this Article.

          Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall pay
to the Company upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest
that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to the money must look to
the Company for payment as general creditors, and the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall have no
further liability with respect to such monies.

-89-

 

          SECTION 8.05. Indemnity for Government Obligations. The Company shall pay and shall
indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited
Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such Government Obligations.

          SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply
any money or Government Obligations in accordance with this Article 8 by reason of any legal
proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining,
restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and the Guarantors’
obligations under this Indenture and the Notes so discharged or defeased shall be revived and
reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 8 until such time as the
Trustee or any Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or Government Obligations in
accordance with this Article 8; provided, however, that, if the Company has made any payment of
principal of or interest on, any such Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the
Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from
the money or Government Obligations held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

          SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of the Holders. The Company, the Guarantors, the
Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent may amend this Indenture, the Notes, any Security Document
or the Intercreditor Agreement without notice to or consent of any Holder:

     (i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect, mistake or inconsistency;

     (ii) to comply with Article 5;

     (iii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated
Notes; provided, however, that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for
purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are
described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code;

     (iv) to add additional Guarantees with respect to the Notes;

     (v) to add to the covenants of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for the benefit
of the Holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company or any
Guarantor;

     (vi) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with qualifying or
maintaining the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

     (vii) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder;

-90-

 

     (viii) to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes or Additional Notes, which,
except as otherwise provided herein, shall have terms substantially identical in all
material respects to the Initial Notes;

     (ix) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer
and legending of Notes; provided, however, that (a) compliance with this Indenture as so
amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or
any other applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely
affect the rights of holders to transfer Notes;

     (x) to secure the Notes or to add additional assets as Collateral;

     (xi) to release Collateral from the Lien or any Guarantor from its Guarantee pursuant
to this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement when permitted or
required by this Indenture or the Security Documents; or

     (xii) except as provided in clause (x) of Section 9.02, to amend the Intercreditor
Agreement in accordance with the provisions thereof;

     provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee (and to the Notes Collateral
Agent, if applicable) an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate, each reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee and each stating that such amendment or supplement complies with the
provisions of this Section 9.01 and covering the matters set forth in Sections 13.04 and 13.05.

          After an amendment under this Section 9.01 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to
Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all
Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this
Section 9.01.

          SECTION 9.02. With Consent of the Holders. (a) The Company, the Trustee and the
Notes Collateral Agent may amend this Indenture, the Notes, any Security Document or the
Intercreditor Agreement with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal
amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in
connection with a tender offer or exchange for the Notes) and any past default or compliance with
any provisions may be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of
the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with
a tender offer or exchange for the Notes); provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the
Trustee (and to the Notes Collateral Agent, if applicable) an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s
Certificate, each reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and each stating that such amendment or
supplement complies with the provisions of this Section 9.02 and covering the matters set forth in
Sections 13.04 and 13.05. However, without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note
affected, an amendment may not:

     (i) reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment,

     (ii) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Note,

-91-

 

     (iii) reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any Note,

     (iv) reduce the amount payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time when
any Note may be redeemed in accordance with Article 3,

     (v) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in such Note,

     (vi) make any change in Section 6.04, 6.07 or the second sentence of this Section 9.02,

     (vii) impair the right of any holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if
any, and interest on such holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute
suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such holder’s Notes,

     (viii) expressly subordinate the Notes or any Guarantee to any other Indebtedness of
the Company or any Guarantor,

     (ix) modify the Guarantees in any manner adverse to the Holders, or

     (x) make any change in the Intercreditor Agreement or the provisions in this Indenture
in each case dealing with the application of Trust proceeds of the Collateral that would
adversely affect the Noteholders.

          Without the consent of the holders of at least two-thirds in aggregate principal amount of the
Notes then outstanding, no amendment or waiver may release from the Lien of this Indenture and the
Security Documents all or substantially all of the Collateral.

          It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve
the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves
the substance thereof.

          (b) After an amendment under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to
the Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all
Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this
Section 9.02.

          SECTION 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. From the date on which this
Indenture is qualified under the TIA, every amendment, waiver or supplement to this Indenture or
the Notes or any Security Document or the Intercreditor Agreement shall comply, to the extent
applicable, with the TIA as then in effect.

          SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. (a) A consent to an
amendment or a waiver by a Holder of a Note shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of
that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even
if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. However, any such Holder or
subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Note or portion of the Note
if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date on which the Trustee receives an
Officers’ Certificate from the Company certifying that the requisite principal

-92-

 

amount of Notes have consented. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind
every Holder. An amendment or waiver becomes effective upon the (i) receipt by the Company or the
Trustee of consents by the Holders of the requisite principal amount of securities, (ii)
satisfaction of conditions to effectiveness as set forth in this Indenture and any indenture
supplemental hereto containing such amendment or waiver and (iii) execution of such amendment or
waiver (or supplemental indenture) by the Company and the Trustee.

          (b) The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of
determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or
required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then
notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record
date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such
consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such
Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective
for more than 120 days after such record date.

          SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. If an amendment, supplement or waiver
changes the terms of a Note, the Company may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the
Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and
return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company
in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects
the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not
affect the validity of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

          SECTION 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments. The Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent
shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the
amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee
and the Notes Collateral Agent. If it does, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent may but
need not sign it. In signing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee and the Notes
Collateral Agent shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and shall be
provided with, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment, supplement or waiver is
authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the
legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and the Guarantors, enforceable against them in
accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof
(including Section 9.03) and covering the matters set forth in Sections 13.04 and 13.05 hereof.
Such opinion shall not be an expense of the Trustee.

          SECTION 9.07. Payment for Consent. Neither the Company nor any Affiliate of the
Company shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of
interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or
amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such
consideration is offered to be paid to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the
time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

          SECTION 9.08. Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount. Except as
expressly provided in this Indenture, including under Section 9.02, all Notes issued

-93-

 

under this Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters (as to which any of such
Notes may vote) as one class. Determinations as to whether Holders of the requisite aggregate
principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent shall be made in
accordance with this Article 9 and Section 2.14.

ARTICLE 10

GUARANTEES

          SECTION 10.01. Guarantees. (a) Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally,
irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety on a
senior basis, to each Holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns (i) the full and
punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise,
of all obligations of the Company (including obligations to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral
Agent) under this Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement,
whether for payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes and all other
monetary obligations of the Company under this Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents and the
Intercreditor Agreement and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods
of all other obligations of the Company whether for fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise
under this Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement (all the
foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Each Guarantor
further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part,
without notice or further assent from each such Guarantor, and that each such Guarantor shall
remain bound under this Article 10 notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed
Obligation. The Guaranteed Obligations of a Guarantor will be secured by security interests in the
Collateral owned by such Guarantor to the extent provided for in the Security Documents and as
required pursuant to Sections 4.12 and 4.15.

          (b) Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Company
of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each
Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. The
obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Holder, the
Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or
remedy against the Company or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes, any Security
Document, or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any extension or renewal of this Indenture, the
Notes, any Security Document or any other agreement; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or
modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes, any Security Document
or any other agreement; (iv) the release of any security held by any Holder, the Trustee or the
Notes Collateral Agent for the Guaranteed Obligations or any Guarantor; (v) the failure of any
Holder, Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent to exercise any right or remedy against any other
guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (vi) any change in the ownership of such Guarantor,
except as provided in Section 10.02(b).

          (c) Subject to Section 10.02(a), each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be
entitled to have its obligations hereunder divided among the Guarantors, such that such Guarantor’s
obligations would be less than the full amount claimed. Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to
which it may be entitled to have the assets of the Company or any other

-94-

 

Guarantor first be used and depleted as payment of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s
obligations hereunder prior to any amounts being claimed from or paid by such Guarantor hereunder.
Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to require that the Company be
sued prior to an action being initiated against such Guarantor.

          (d) Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of
payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any
right to require that any resort be had by any Holder, the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent to
any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.

          (e) Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01, 10.02 and 10.06, the obligations of each
Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination
for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and
shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever
or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or
otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor
herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder, the
Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under
this Indenture, the Notes, any Security Document or any other agreement, by any waiver or
modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the
performance of the obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other
act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or
would otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

          (f) Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01 and 10.02, each Guarantor agrees that its
Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed
Obligations. Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01 and 10.02, each Guarantor further
agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may
be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed
Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder or the Trustee upon the
bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise.

          (g) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder
or the Trustee or Notes Collateral Agent has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue
hereof, upon the failure of the Company to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed
Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by
redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, each
Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee in accordance
with this Indenture, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders, the Trustee or
Notes Collateral Agent an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid principal amount of such
Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only
to the extent not prohibited by applicable law) and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the
Company then due to the Holders, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent in respect of the
Guaranteed Obligations.

-95-

 

          (h) Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in
relation to the Holders in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in
full of all Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one
hand, and the Holders, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, on the other hand, (i) the
maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article
6 for the purposes of any Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other
prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed
hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as
provided in Article 6, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith
become due and payable by such Guarantor for the purposes of this Section 10.01.

          (i) Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent or any Holder in
enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.

          (j) Upon request of the Trustee, each Guarantor shall execute and deliver such further
instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more
effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

          SECTION 10.02. Limitation on Liability. (a) Any term or provision of this Indenture
to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations
guaranteed hereunder by any Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby
guaranteed without rendering the Guarantee, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under
applicable laws relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting
the rights of creditors generally.

          (b) A Guarantee as to any Restricted Subsidiary shall terminate and be of no further force or
effect and such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be deemed to be automatically released from all
obligations under this Article 10 upon:

     (i) the sale, disposition or other transfer (including through merger or consolidation)
of the Capital Stock (including any sale, disposition or other transfer following which the
applicable Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary), or all or
substantially all the assets, of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor if such sale,
disposition or other transfer is made in compliance with this Indenture, in each case other
than to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or Holdings; provided, however, that such
Subsidiary Guarantor is released from its guarantees, if any, of, and all pledges and
security, if any, granted in connection with, the Credit Agreement and any other
Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

     (ii) the Company designating such Subsidiary Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary
in accordance with the provisions set forth under Section 4.04 and the definition of
“Unrestricted Subsidiary”;

     (iii) the release or discharge of all guarantees by such Restricted Subsidiary and the
repayment of all Indebtedness and retirement of all Disqualified Stock of such Restricted

-96-

 

Subsidiary which, if Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary, would require such
Restricted Subsidiary to guarantee the Notes under Section 4.11; or

     (iv) the Company’s exercise of the Company’s legal defeasance option or covenant
defeasance option in accordance with Section 8.01 or if the obligations of such Guarantor
under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

          SECTION 10.03. Successors and Assigns. This Article 10 shall be binding upon each
Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and
assigns of the Trustee, Notes Collateral Agent and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or
assignment of rights by any Holder, Notes Collateral Agent or the Trustee, the rights and
privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Notes shall automatically extend
to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this
Indenture.

          SECTION 10.04. No Waiver. Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the
Trustee, Notes Collateral Agent or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under
this Article 10 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof
preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and
benefits of the Trustee, Notes Collateral Agent and the Holders herein expressly specified are
cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under
this Article 10 at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

          SECTION 10.05. Modification. No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision
of this Article 10, nor the consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event
be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or
consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No
notice to or demand on any Guarantor in any case shall entitle such Guarantor to any other or
further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

          SECTION 10.06. Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors. Each
Person which is required to become a Guarantor after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.11 shall
promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in the form of Appendix B
hereto pursuant to which such Person shall become a Guarantor under this Article 10 and shall
guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such
supplemental indenture, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an
Officers’ Certificate to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized,
executed and delivered by such Person and that, subject to the application of bankruptcy,
insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer and other similar laws relating to
creditors’ rights generally and to the principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding at
law or in equity, the Guarantee of such Guarantor is a legal, valid and binding obligation of such
Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms and/or to such other
matters as the Trustee may reasonably request.

-97-

 

ARTICLE 11

SECURITY DOCUMENTS

          SECTION 11.01. Collateral and Security Documents. (a) The due and punctual payment
of the principal of and interest (including additional interest, if any) on the Notes when and as
the same shall be due and payable, whether on an interest payment date, at maturity, by
acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and
interest (including additional interest, if any) on the Notes and performance of all other
Guaranteed Obligations of the Company and the Guarantors to the Holders, the Trustee or the Notes
Collateral Agent under this Indenture, the Notes, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security
Documents, according to the terms hereunder or thereunder, shall be secured as provided in the
Security Documents, which define the terms of the Liens that secure the Guaranteed Obligations,
subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement. The Trustee and the Company hereby
acknowledge and agree that the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be, holds the
Collateral in trust for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders, in each case pursuant to the
terms of the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement. Each Holder, by accepting a Note,
consents and agrees to the terms of the Security Documents (including the provisions providing for
the possession, use, release and foreclosure of Collateral) and the Intercreditor Agreement as the
same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and this
Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement, and authorizes and directs the Notes Collateral Agent
and, as applicable, the Trustee to enter into the Security Documents and the Intercreditor
Agreement and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance
therewith; provided, however, that if any of the provisions of the Security Documents limit,
qualify or conflict with the duties imposed by the provisions of the TIA, the TIA shall control.
The Company shall deliver to the Trustee (if it is not itself then the Notes Collateral Agent)
copies of all documents delivered to the Notes Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents,
and will do or cause to be done all such acts and things as may be reasonably required by the next
sentence of this Section 11.01, to assure and confirm to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent
the security interest in the Collateral contemplated hereby, by the Security Documents or any part
thereof, as from time to time constituted, so as to render the same available for the security and
benefit of this Indenture and of the Notes secured hereby, according to the intent and purposes
herein expressed. The Company shall take, and shall cause Holdings and the Subsidiaries of the
Company to take, any and all actions reasonably required to cause the Security Documents to create
and maintain, as security for the Obligations of the Company and the Guarantors hereunder, a valid
and enforceable perfected Lien and security interest in and on all of the Collateral (subject to
the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement), in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent for the benefit
of the Trustee, the Holders and the other Secured Parties under the Security Documents.

          (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Capital Stock and other securities of the
Subsidiaries of the Company that are owned by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor will
constitute Notes Collateral only to the extent that such Capital Stock and other securities can
secure the Notes without Rule 3-10 or Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act (“Rule
3-10” and “Rule 3-16,” respectively) (or any other law, rule or regulation) requiring separate
financial statements of such Subsidiary to be filed with the SEC (or any other governmental
agency);

-98-

 

     (ii) in the event that either Rule 3-10 or Rule 3-16 requires or is amended, modified or
interpreted by the SEC to require (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other
law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would require) the filing with the SEC (or any other
governmental agency) of separate financial statements of any Subsidiary (other than the Company)
due to the fact that such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock and other securities secure the Notes, the
performance of Guaranteed Obligations of the Company or any Guarantee, then the Capital Stock and
other securities of such Subsidiary shall automatically be deemed not to be part of the Notes
Collateral, but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to such requirement (and, in such
event, the Security Documents may be amended or modified, without the consent of any Holder of the
Notes, to the extent necessary to release the first-priority security interests in the shares of
Capital Stock and other securities that are so deemed to no longer constitute part of the Notes
Collateral); and

     (iii) in the event that either Rule 3-10 or Rule 3-16 is amended, modified or interpreted by
the SEC to permit (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or
regulation is adopted, which would permit) such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock and other securities to
secure the Notes in excess of the amount then pledged without the filing with the SEC (or any other
governmental agency) of separate financial statements of such Subsidiary, then the Capital Stock
and other securities of such Subsidiary shall automatically be deemed to be a part of the Notes
Collateral but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to any such financial statement
requirement (and, in such event, the Security Documents may be amended or modified, without the
consent of any Holder of the Notes, to the extent necessary to subject to the Liens under the
Security Documents such additional Capital Stock and other securities).

          (c) In addition to the limitations described in Section 11.01(b), the Notes Collateral will
not include (i) property or assets as to which the Notes Collateral Agent has notified any Grantor
in writing that it has reasonably determined that the costs of obtaining a security interest are
excessive in relation to the value of the security to be afforded thereby, (ii) the property and
assets securing the Industrial Revenue Bonds and the letter of credit reimbursement obligations
relating thereto, (iii) the property and assets securing capital leases existing on the Issue Date
and purchase money obligations existing on the Issue Date and (iv) the equipment, fixtures and real
estate acquired after the Issue Date that is subject to a Permitted Lien pursuant to clause (6) or
(10) of the definition thereof.

          (d) In the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, the Notes Collateral will be limited to 100% of
the non-voting stock (if any) and 65% of the voting stock of first-tier Foreign Subsidiaries owned
by a Guarantor.

          SECTION 11.02. Recordings and Opinions. (a) The Company and the Guarantors shall
furnish to the Notes Collateral Agent and the Trustee (if the Trustee is not then the Notes
Collateral Agent), on or before the time when the Company is required to provide annual reports
pursuant to Section 4.02 with respect to the preceding fiscal year, an opinion of counsel:

-99-

 

          (i) stating substantially to the effect that, in the opinion of such counsel, such action has
been taken with respect to the recordings, registerings, filings, re-recordings, re-registerings
and re-filings of this Indenture, the Security Documents and all financing statements, continuation
statements or other instruments of further assurance as is necessary to maintain the Lien of this
Indenture or any Security Documents in the Collateral and reciting with respect to the security
interests in such Collateral the details of such action or referencing to prior Opinions of Counsel
in which such details are given; or

          (ii) to the effect that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such action is necessary to
maintain such Lien under this Indenture and the Security Documents.

          (b) The Company will comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(b).

          SECTION 11.03. Release of Collateral. (a) Subject to Section 11.03(b) and 11.04
hereof, Collateral may be released from the Lien and security interest created by the Security
Documents at any time or from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Security
Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or as provided hereby. The Company and the Guarantors will
be entitled to a release of assets included in the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes,
and the Trustee shall release, or instruct the Notes Collateral Agent to release, as applicable,
the same from such Liens at the Company’s sole cost and expense, under one or more of the following
circumstances:

     (1) to enable the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to sell, exchange or otherwise
dispose of any of the Collateral to the extent not prohibited under Section 4.06;

     (2) in the case of a Guarantor that is released from its Guarantee with respect to the
Notes, the release of the property and assets of such Guarantor;

     (3) pursuant to an amendment or waiver in accordance with Article 9 of this Indenture;
or

     (4) if the Notes have been defeased pursuant to Section 8.01.

          The second-priority lien on the ABL Collateral securing the Notes will terminate and be
released automatically if the first-priority liens on the ABL Collateral are released by the Bank
Collateral Agent (unless, at the time of such release of such first-priority liens, an Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing under this Indenture). Notwithstanding the existence
of an Event of Default, the second-priority lien on the ABL Collateral securing the Notes shall
also terminate and be released automatically to the extent the first-priority liens on the ABL
Collateral are released by the Bank Collateral Agent in connection with a sale, transfer or
disposition of ABL Collateral that is either not prohibited under the Indenture or occurs in
connection with the foreclosure of, or other exercise of remedies with respect to, such ABL
Collateral by the Bank Collateral Agent (except with respect to any proceeds of such sale, transfer
or disposition that remain after satisfaction in full of the Lenders Debt). The liens on the
Collateral securing the Notes that otherwise would have been released pursuant to the first
sentence of this paragraph will be released when such Event of Default and all other Events of
Default under this Indenture cease to exist.

-100-

 

          Upon receipt of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel certifying that all
conditions precedent under the Indenture and the Security Documents, if any, to such release have
been met and any necessary or proper instruments of termination, satisfaction or release prepared
by the Company, the Notes Collateral Agent shall execute, deliver or acknowledge (at the Company’s
expense) such instruments or releases to evidence the release of any Collateral permitted to be
released pursuant to this Indenture or the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement.

          (b) At any time when a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the
maturity of the Notes has been accelerated (whether by declaration or otherwise) and the Trustee
(if not then the Notes Collateral Agent) has delivered a notice of acceleration to the Notes
Collateral Agent, no release of Collateral pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture or the
Security Documents will be effective as against the Holders, except as otherwise provided in the
Intercreditor Agreement.

          SECTION 11.04. Permitted Releases Not To Impair Lien; Trust Indenture Act
Requirements. The release of any Collateral from the terms hereof and of the Security
Documents or the release of, in whole or in part, the Liens created by the Security Documents, will
not be deemed to impair the security under this Indenture in contravention of the provisions hereof
if and to the extent the Collateral or Liens are released pursuant to (x) the applicable Security
Documents and the terms of this Article 11 or (y) the Intercreditor Agreement. Each of the Holders
acknowledges that a release of Collateral or a Lien strictly in accordance with the terms of the
Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and of this Article 11 will not be deemed for
any purpose to be in contravention of the terms of this Indenture. To the extent applicable, the
Company shall cause TIA § 313(b), relating to reports, and TIA § 314(d), relating to the release of
property or securities from the Lien hereof and of the Security Documents, to be complied with.
Any certificate or opinion required by § 314(d) of the TIA may be made by an Officer of the Company
or legal counsel, except in cases which § 314(d) of the TIA requires that such certificate or
opinion be made by an independent Person, which Person shall be an independent engineer, appraiser
or other expert selected by or reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary in this Section 11.04, the Company will not be required to comply with all or any
portion of TIA §314(d) if it determines, in good faith based on the written advice of counsel, a
copy of which written advice shall be provided to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent with
written confirmation that it may be relied upon by the Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent, that
under the terms of TIA §314(d) or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the
SEC and its staff, including “no action” letters or exemptive orders, all or any portion of TIA
§314(d) is inapplicable to any release or series of releases of Collateral.

          SECTION 11.05. Certificates of the Trustee. In the event that the Company wishes to
release Collateral in accordance with this Indenture and the Security Documents and the
Intercreditor Agreement at a time when the Trustee is not itself also the Notes Collateral Agent
and the Company has delivered the certificates and documents required by the Security Documents and
Section 11.03 hereof, if TIA § 314(d) is applicable to such releases (the applicability of which
will be established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.04 or
otherwise), the Trustee will determine whether it has received all documentation required by TIA §
314(d) in connection with such release and, based on an

-101-

 

Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Section 13.04, will deliver a certificate to the Notes
Collateral Agent setting forth such determination. The Trustee, however, shall have no duty to
confirm the legality or validity of such documents, its sole duty being to certify such documents
which, on their face, conform to § 314(d) of the TIA.

          SECTION 11.06. Suits To Protect the Collateral. Subject to the provisions of Article
7 hereof and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee in its sole discretion and without the
consent of the Holders, on behalf of the Holders, may or may direct the Notes Collateral Agent to
take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to:

     (a) enforce any of the terms of the Security Documents; and

     (b) collect and receive any and all amounts payable in respect of the Guaranteed
Obligations of the Company hereunder.

          Subject to the provisions of the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, the
Trustee shall have power to institute and to maintain such suits and proceedings as it may deem
expedient to prevent any impairment of the Collateral by any acts which may be unlawful or in
violation of any of the Security Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the
Trustee, in its sole discretion, may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the
interests of the Holders in the Collateral (including power to institute and maintain suits or
proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental
enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of,
or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the Lien on the Collateral or be
prejudicial to the interests of the Holders or the Trustee).

          SECTION 11.07. Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security
Documents. Subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee is authorized
to receive any funds for the benefit of the Holders distributed under the Security Documents, and
to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders according to the provisions of this
Indenture.

          SECTION 11.08. Purchaser Protected. In no event shall any purchaser in good faith of
any property purported to be released hereunder be bound to ascertain the authority of the Notes
Collateral Agent or the Trustee to execute the release or to inquire as to the satisfaction of any
conditions required by the provisions hereof for the exercise of such authority or to see to the
application of any consideration given by such purchaser or other transferee; nor shall any
purchaser or other transferee of any property or rights permitted by this Article 11 to be sold be
under any obligation to ascertain or inquire into the authority of the Company or the applicable
Guarantor to make any such sale or other transfer.

          SECTION 11.09. Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee. In case the Collateral
shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in
this Article 11 upon the Company or a Guarantor with respect to the release, sale or other
disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed
by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of any similar instrument of the Company
or a Guarantor or of any officer or officers thereof required by the

-102-

 

provisions of this Article 11; and if the Trustee shall be in the possession of the Collateral
under any provision of this Indenture, then such powers may be exercised by the Trustee.

          SECTION 11.10. Release Upon Termination of the Company’s Obligations. In the event
that the Company delivers to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to it, an
Officers’ Certificate certifying that (i) payment in full of the principal of, together with
accrued and unpaid interest (including additional interest, if any) on, the Notes and all other
Obligations under this Indenture, the Guarantees and the Security Documents that are due and
payable at or prior to the time such principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest
(including additional interest, if any), are paid or (ii) the Company shall have exercised its
legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option, in each case in compliance with the
provisions of Article 8, the Trustee shall deliver to the Company and the Notes Collateral Agent a
notice stating that the Trustee, on behalf of the Holders, disclaims and gives up any and all
rights it has in or to the Collateral (other than with respect to funds held by the Trustee
pursuant to Article 8), and any rights it has under the Security Documents, and upon receipt by the
Notes Collateral Agent of such notice, the Notes Collateral Agent shall be deemed not to hold a
Lien in the Collateral on behalf of the Trustee and shall do or cause to be done all acts
reasonably necessary to release such Lien as soon as is reasonably practicable.

          SECTION 11.11. Notes Collateral Agent. (a) The Trustee and each of the Holders by
acceptance of the Notes hereby designates and appoints the Notes Collateral Agent as its agent
under this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and the Trustee and
each of the Holders by acceptance of the Notes hereby irrevocably authorizes the Notes Collateral
Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Indenture, the Security
Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as
are expressly delegated to the Notes Collateral Agent by the terms of this Indenture, the Security
Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental
thereto. The Notes Collateral Agent agrees to act as such on the express conditions contained in
this Section 11.11. The provisions of this Section 11.11 are solely for the benefit of the Notes
Collateral Agent and none of the Trustee, any of the Holders nor any of the Grantors shall have any
rights as a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions contained herein other than as
expressly provided in Section 11.03. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained
elsewhere in this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Notes
Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth
herein, nor shall the Notes Collateral Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship
with the Trustee, any Holder or any Grantor, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities,
duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Indenture, the Security Documents and
the Intercreditor Agreement or otherwise exist against the Notes Collateral Agent. Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” in this Indenture
with reference to the Notes Collateral Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other
implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead,
such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an
administrative relationship between independent contracting parties. Except as expressly otherwise
provided in this Indenture, the Notes Collateral Agent shall have and may use its sole discretion
with respect to exercising or refraining from exercising any discretionary rights or taking or
refraining from taking any actions which the Notes Collateral Agent is expressly entitled to take
or assert under this Indenture, the Security

-103-

 

Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, including the exercise of remedies pursuant to
Article VI, and any action so taken or not taken shall be deemed consented to by the Trustee and
the Holders.

          (b) The Notes Collateral Agent may execute any of its duties under this Indenture, the
Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement by or through agents, employees,
attorneys-in-fact or through its Related Persons and shall be entitled to advice of counsel
concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Notes Collateral Agent shall not be
responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent, employee, attorney-in-fact or Related
Person that it selects as long as such selection was made without negligence or willful misconduct.

          (c) None of the Notes Collateral Agent or any of its respective Related Persons shall (i) be
liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this
Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own negligence or willful
misconduct) or under or in connection with any Security Document or Intercreditor Agreement or the
transactions contemplated thereby (except for its own negligence or willful misconduct), or (ii) be
responsible in any manner to any of the Trustee or any Holder for any recital, statement,
representation, warranty, covenant or agreement made by the Company or any Grantor or Affiliate of
any Grantor, or any officer or Related Person thereof, contained in this or any Indenture, or in
any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by
the Notes Collateral Agent under or in connection with, this or any other Indenture, the Security
Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness,
enforceability or sufficiency of this or any other Indenture, the Security Documents or the
Intercreditor Agreement, or for any failure of any Grantor or any other party to this Indenture,
the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement to perform its obligations hereunder or
thereunder. None of the Notes Collateral Agent or any of its respective Related Persons shall be
under any obligation to the Trustee or any Holder to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance
or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this or any other
Indenture, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement or to inspect the properties,
books, or records of any Grantor or any Grantor’s Affiliates.

          (d) The Notes Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in
relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram,
facsimile, telex, or telephone message, statement, or other document or conversation believed by it
to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent, or made by the proper Person or Persons,
and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to any
Grantor), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Notes Collateral Agent. The
Notes Collateral Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under
this or any other Indenture, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement unless it shall
first receive such advice or concurrence of the Trustee as it deems appropriate and, if it so
requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Holders against any and all
liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any
such action. The Notes Collateral Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in
refraining from acting, under this or any other Indenture, the Security Documents or the
Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with a request or consent of the Trustee

-104-

 

and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all
of the Holders.

          (e) The Notes Collateral Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the
occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, unless the Notes Collateral Agent shall have
received written notice from the Trustee or a Grantor referring to this Indenture, describing such
Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” The Notes
Collateral Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as may be
requested by the Trustee in accordance with Article 6; provided, however, that unless and until the
Notes Collateral Agent has received any such request, the Notes Collateral Agent may (but shall not
be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default
or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable.

          (f) Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and its respective Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of
credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire equity interests in and generally engage
in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting, or other business with any Grantor
and its Affiliates as though it was not the Notes Collateral Agent hereunder and without notice to
or consent of the Trustee. The Trustee and the Holders acknowledge that, pursuant to such
activities, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its respective Affiliates may receive information regarding
any Grantor or its Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality
obligations in favor of any such Grantor or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that the Notes
Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to provide such information to the Trustee or
the Holders.

          (g) The Notes Collateral Agent may resign at any time upon thirty (30) days prior written
notice to the Trustee and the Grantors, such resignation to be effective upon the acceptance of a
successor agent to its appointment as Notes Collateral Agent. If the Notes Collateral Agent
resigns under this Indenture, the Trustee, subject to the consent of the Issuer (which shall not be
unreasonably withheld and which shall not be required during a continuing Event of Default), shall
appoint a successor collateral agent. If no successor collateral agent is appointed prior to the
effective date of the resignation of the Notes Collateral Agent, the Notes Collateral Agent may
appoint, after consulting with the Trustee, subject to the consent of the Company (which shall not
be unreasonably withheld and which shall not be required during a continuing Event of Default), a
successor collateral agent. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor collateral agent
hereunder, such successor collateral agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of
the retiring Notes Collateral Agent, and the term “Notes Collateral Agent” shall mean such
successor collateral agent, and the retiring Notes Collateral Agent’s appointment, powers and
duties as the Notes Collateral Agent shall be terminated. After the retiring Notes Collateral
Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Section 11.11 shall inure to its benefit and
the retiring Notes Collateral Agent shall not by reason of such resignation be deemed to be
released from liability as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Notes
Collateral Agent under this Indenture.

          (h) The Trustee shall initially act as Notes Collateral Agent and shall be authorized to
appoint co-Notes Collateral Agents as necessary in its sole discretion. Except as otherwise
explicitly provided herein or in the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement, neither the
Notes Collateral Agent nor any of its respective officers, directors,

-105-

 

employees or agents or other Related Persons shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or
realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to
sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any other Person or to take any
other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof. The Notes Collateral
Agent shall be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise
of such powers, and neither the Notes Collateral Agent nor any of its officers, directors,
employees or agents shall be responsible for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for its
own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

          (i) The Trustee, as Notes Collateral Agent, is authorized and directed to (i) enter into the
Security Documents, (ii) enter into the Intercreditor Agreement, (iii) bind the Holders on the
terms as set forth in the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and (iv) perform and
observe its obligations under the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement.

          (j) The Trustee agrees that it shall not, and shall not instruct the Notes Collateral Agent
to, unless specifically requested to do so by a majority of the Holders, take or cause to be taken
any action to enforce its rights under this Indenture or against any Grantor, including the
commencement of any legal or equitable proceedings, to foreclose any Lien on, or otherwise enforce
any security interest in, any of the Collateral.

          If at any time or times the Trustee shall receive (i) by payment, foreclosure, set-off or
otherwise, any proceeds of Collateral or any payments with respect to the Obligations arising
under, or relating to, this Indenture, except for any such proceeds or payments received by the
Trustee from the Notes Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, or (ii) payments
from the Notes Collateral Agent in excess of the amount required to be paid to the Trustee pursuant
to Article VI, the Trustee shall promptly turn the same over to the Notes Collateral Agent, in
kind, and with such endorsements as may be required to negotiate the same to the Notes Collateral
Agent.

          (k) The Trustee is each Holder’s agent for the purpose of perfecting the Holders’ security
interest in assets which, in accordance with Article 9 of the UCC can be perfected only by
possession. Should the Trustee obtain possession of any such Collateral, upon request from the
Company, the Trustee shall notify the Notes Collateral Agent thereof, and, promptly upon the Notes
Collateral Agent’s request therefor shall deliver such Collateral to the Notes Collateral Agent or
otherwise deal with such Collateral in accordance with the Notes Collateral Agent’s instructions.

          (l) The Notes Collateral Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to the Trustee or any of
the Holders to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by any Grantor or is cared for,
protected, or insured or has been encumbered, or that the Notes Collateral Agent’s Liens have been
properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected, maintained or enforced or are
entitled to any particular priority, or to exercise at all or in any particular manner or under any
duty of care, disclosure, or fidelity, or to continue exercising, any of the rights, authorities,
and powers granted or available to the Notes Collateral Agent pursuant to this Indenture, any
Security Document or the Intercreditor Agreement, it being understood and agreed that in respect of
the Collateral, or any act, omission, or event related thereto, the Notes

-106-

 

Collateral Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion given the
Notes Collateral Agent’s own interest in the Collateral and that the Notes Collateral Agent shall
have no other duty or liability whatsoever to the Trustee or any Holder as to any of the foregoing.

          (m) If the Company (i) Incurs any obligations in respect of Lenders Debt at any time when no
intercreditor agreement is in effect or at any time when Indebtedness constituting Lenders Debt
entitled to the benefit of an existing Intercreditor Agreement is concurrently retired, and (ii)
delivers to the Notes Collateral Agent an Officers’ Certificate so stating and requesting the Notes
Collateral Agent to enter into an intercreditor agreement (on substantially the same terms as the
Intercreditor Agreement) in favor of a designated agent or representative for the holders of the
Lenders Debt so Incurred, the Notes Collateral Agent shall (and is hereby authorized and directed
to) enter into such intercreditor agreement (at the sole expense and cost of the Company, including
legal fees and expenses of the Notes Collateral Agent), bind the Holders on the terms set forth
therein and perform and observe its obligations thereunder.

          SECTION 11.12. Designations. Except as provided in the next sentence, for purposes
of the provisions hereof and the Intercreditor Agreement requiring the Company to designate
Indebtedness for the purposes of the terms “Lenders Debt” and “Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations”
or any other such designations hereunder or under the Intercreditor Agreement, any such designation
shall be sufficient if the relevant designation is set forth in writing, signed on behalf of the
Company by an Officer and delivered to the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and the Bank
Collateral Agent. For all purposes hereof and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Company hereby
designates the Obligations pursuant to the ABL Facility as “Lenders Debt.”

ARTICLE 12

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

ARTICLE 13

MISCELLANEOUS

          SECTION 13.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If and to the extent that any provision
of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by, or with another
provision (an “incorporated provision”) included in this Indenture by operation of, Sections 310 to
318 of the TIA, inclusive, such imposed duties or incorporated provision shall control.

-107-

 

          SECTION 13.02. Notices. (a) Any notice or communication required or permitted
hereunder shall be in writing and delivered in person, via facsimile or mailed by first-class mail
addressed as follows:

if to the Company or a Guarantor:

Attention of: General Counsel

Facsimile:

if to the Trustee:

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

213 Court Street, Suite 703

Middletown, CT 06457

Attention of: Joseph P. O’Donnell

Facsimile: (860) 704-6219

The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses
for subsequent notices or communications.

          (b) Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed, first class mail, to the
Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall
be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.

          (c) Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not
affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in
the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that
notices to the Trustee are effective only if received.

          SECTION 13.03. Communication by the Holders with Other Holders. The Holders may
communicate pursuant to Section 312(b) of the TIA with other Holders with respect to their rights
under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and other Persons shall
have the protection of Section 312(c) of the TIA.

          SECTION 13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request
or application by the Company to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this
Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee:

     (a) an Officers’ Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating
that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this
Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

     (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that,
in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

-108-

 

          SECTION 13.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or
opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture
(other than pursuant to Section 4.09) shall include:

     (a) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such
covenant or condition;

     (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation
upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

     (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination
or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether
or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

     (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant
or condition has been complied with; provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact
an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public
officials.

          SECTION 13.06. When Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the
required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned
by the Company, any Guarantor or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by
or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Guarantor shall be disregarded
and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee
shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which the
Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Subject to the foregoing, only Notes
outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.

          SECTION 13.07. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make
reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of the Holders. The Registrar and a Paying Agent may
make reasonable rules for their functions.

          SECTION 13.08. Legal Holidays. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment
shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on
any amount that would have been otherwise payable on such payment date if it were a Business Day
for the intervening period. If a regular record date is not a Business Day, the record date shall
not be affected.

          SECTION 13.09. GOVERNING LAW. THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

          SECTION 13.10. No Recourse Against Others. No affiliate, director, officer,
employee, incorporator or holder of any equity interests in the Company or of any Guarantor or any
direct or indirect parent corporation of Holdings, as such, shall have any liability for any
obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes or this Indenture or for any claim
based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation; provided, however,
the

-109-

 

foregoing will not affect or limit any liability of any Guarantor under this Indenture or its
Guarantee. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.

          SECTION 13.11. Successors. All agreements of the Company and each Guarantor in this
Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture
shall bind its successors.

          SECTION 13.12. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this
Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same
agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture.

          SECTION 13.13. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference
sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for
convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify
or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

          SECTION 13.14. Indenture Controls. If and to the extent that any provision of the
Notes limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of this Indenture, such provision of this
Indenture shall control.

          SECTION 13.15. Intercreditor Agreement Governs. Reference is made to the Lien
Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of November 30, 2005, among Bank of America,
N.A., as collateral agent for the Revolving Facility Secured Parties referred to therein; Wells
Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trustee; Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Noteholder Collateral Agent; Flag
Intermediate Holdings Corporation; Flag Acquisition Corporation; and the other subsidiaries of
Metals USA, Inc. named therein (the “Intercreditor Agreement”). Each Holder, by its acceptance of
a Note, (a) consents to the subordination of Liens provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement, (b)
agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the
Intercreditor Agreement and (c) authorizes and instructs the Trustee to enter into the
Intercreditor Agreement as Trustee and on behalf of such Holder. The foregoing provisions are
intended as an inducement to the holders of Lenders Debt to extend credit and such holders are
intended third party beneficiaries of such provisions and the provisions of the Intercreditor
Agreement.

          SECTION 13.16. Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture shall be
invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining
provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be
ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.

          SECTION 13.17. Currency of Account; Conversion of Currency; Foreign Exchange
Restrictions. (a) U.S. Dollars are the sole currency of account and payment for all sums
payable by the Company and the Guarantors under or in connection with the Notes, the Guarantees and
this Indenture, including damages related thereto. Any amount received or recovered in a currency
other than U.S. Dollars by a Holder (whether as a result of, or of the enforcement of, a judgment
or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding-up or dissolution of the Company or
otherwise) in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from

-110-

 

the Company or a Guarantor shall only constitute a discharge to the Company or any such
Guarantor to the extent of the U.S. Dollar amount, which the recipient is able to purchase with the
amount so received or recovered in that other currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or,
if it is not practicable to make that purchase on that date, on the first date on which it is
practicable to do so). If that U.S. Dollar amount is less than the U.S. Dollar amount expressed to
be due to the recipient under the applicable Notes, the Company and the Guarantors shall indemnify
it against any loss sustained by it as a result as set forth in Section 13.16(b). In any event,
the Company and the Guarantors shall indemnify the recipient against the cost of making any such
purchase. For the purposes of this Section 13.16, it will be sufficient for the Holder of a Note
to certify in a satisfactory manner (indicating sources of information used) that it would have
suffered a loss had an actual purchase of U.S. Dollars been made with the amount so received in
that other currency on the date of receipt or recovery (or, if a purchase of U.S. Dollars on such
date had not been practicable, on the first date on which it would have been practicable, it being
required that the need for a change of date be certified in the manner mentioned above).

          (b) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, covenant and agree that the
following provisions shall apply to conversion of currency in the case of the Notes, the Guarantees
and this Indenture:

     (1) (A) If for the purpose of obtaining judgment in, or enforcing the judgment of, any
court in any country, it becomes necessary to convert into a currency (the “Judgment
Currency”) an amount due in any other currency (the “Base Currency”), then the conversion
shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on which
the judgment is given or the order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (unless a
court shall otherwise determine).

     (B) If there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the
Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given or an order of
enforcement is made, as the case may be (or such other date as a court shall
determine), and the date of receipt of the amount due, the Company and the
Guarantors will pay such additional (or, as the case may be, such lesser) amount, if
any, as may be necessary so that the amount paid in the Judgment Currency when
converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of receipt will produce the
amount in the Base Currency originally due.

     (2) In the event of the winding-up of the Company or any Guarantor at any time while
any amount or damages owing under the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture, or any
judgment or order rendered in respect thereof, shall remain outstanding, the Company and the
Guarantors shall indemnify and hold the Holders and the Trustee harmless against any
deficiency arising or resulting from any variation in rates of exchange between (i) the date
as of which the foreign currency equivalent of the amount due or contingently due under the
Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture (other than under this subsection (b)(2)) is
calculated for the purposes of such winding-up and (ii) the final date for the filing of
proofs of claim in such winding-up. For the purpose of this subsection (b)(2), the final
date for the filing of proofs of claim in the winding-up of the Company or any Guarantor
shall be the date fixed by the liquidator or otherwise in

-111-

 

accordance with the relevant provisions of applicable law as being the latest
practicable date as at which liabilities of the Company or such Guarantor may be ascertained
for such winding-up prior to payment by the liquidator or otherwise in respect thereto.

          (c) The obligations contained in subsections (a), (b)(1)(B) and (b)(2) of this Section 13.16
shall constitute separate and independent obligations from the other obligations of the Company and
the Guarantors under this Indenture, shall give rise to separate and independent causes of action
against the Company and the Guarantors, shall apply irrespective of any waiver or extension granted
by any Holder or the Trustee or either of them from time to time and shall continue in full force
and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order or the filing of any proof of claim in the
winding-up of the Company or any Guarantor for a liquidated sum in respect of amounts due hereunder
(other than under subsection (b)(2) above) or under any such judgment or order. Any such
deficiency as aforesaid shall be deemed to constitute a loss suffered by the Holders or the
Trustee, as the case may be, and no proof or evidence of any actual loss shall be required by the
Company or any Guarantor or the liquidator or otherwise or any of them. In the case of subsection
(b)(2) above, the amount of such deficiency shall not be deemed to be reduced by any variation in
rates of exchange occurring between the said final date and the date of any liquidating
distribution.

          (d) The term “rate(s) of exchange” shall mean the rate of exchange quoted by Reuters at 10:00
a.m. (New York time) for spot purchases of the Base Currency with the Judgment Currency other than
the Base Currency referred to in subsections (b)(1) and (b)(2) above and includes any premiums and
costs of exchange payable.

-112-

 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date
first written above.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	FLAG ACQUISITION CORPORATION,

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/
M. ALI RASHID 	 
	 	 	Name:  	M. Ali Rashid 	 
	 	 	Title:  	President 	 
	 
	 	FLAG INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS CORPORATION,

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/
M. ALI RASHID 	 
	 	 	Name:  	M. Ali Rashid 	 
	 	 	Title:  	President 	 
	 

Signature page to the Indenture

S-1

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as Trustee

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/
JOSEPH P. O’DONNELL 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Joseph P. O’Donnell 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 
	 
	 	WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as Notes Collateral Agent

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/
JOSEPH P. O’DONNELL 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Joseph P. O’Donnell 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 
	 

Signature page to the Indenture

S-2

 

Rule 144A/REGULATION S/IAI APPENDIX

PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL NOTES,

PRIVATE EXCHANGE NOTES AND EXCHANGE NOTES

     1. Definitions

     1.1 Definitions

     For the purposes of this Appendix the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

          “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a
Temporary Regulation S Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the
Depository for such a Temporary Regulation S Global Note, to the extent applicable to such
transaction and as in effect from time to time.

          “Definitive Note” means a certificated Initial Note or Exchange Note or Private Exchange Note
bearing, if required, the appropriate restricted notes legend set forth in Section 2.3(e).

          “Depository” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors.

          “Distribution Compliance Period,” with respect to any Notes, means the period of 40
consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (i) the day on which such Notes are first
offered to Persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in
reliance on Regulation S and (ii) the issue date with respect to such Notes.

          “Exchange Notes” means (1) the 111/8% Senior Secured Notes Due 2015 issued pursuant to the
Indenture in connection with a Registered Exchange Offer pursuant to a Registration Rights
Agreement and (2) Additional Notes, if any, issued pursuant to a registration statement filed with
the SEC under the Securities Act.

          “IAI” means an institutional “accredited investor”, as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) and
(7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act.

          “Initial Notes” means (1) $275,000,000 in aggregate principal amount at maturity of 111/8%
Senior Secured Notes Due 2015 issued on the Issue Date and (2) Additional Notes, if any, issued in
a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

          “Initial Purchasers” means (a) with respect to the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date,
Credit Suisse First Boston LLC and CIBC World Markets Corp. and (b) with respect to each issuance
of Additional Notes, the Persons purchasing or underwriting such Additional Notes under the related
Purchase Agreement.

 

 

2

          “Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Note (as appointed by the
Depository), or any successor Person thereto, and shall initially be the Trustee.

          “Private Exchange” means the offer by the Company, pursuant to a Registration Rights
Agreement, to the Initial Purchasers to issue and deliver to each such Initial Purchaser, in
exchange for the Initial Notes held by such Initial Purchaser as part of the initial distribution
of such Initial Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of Private Exchange Notes.

          “Private Exchange Notes” means any Notes issued in connection with a Private Exchange.

          “Purchase Agreement” means (a) with respect to the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date, the
Purchase Agreement dated November 21, 2005, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial
Purchasers and (b) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the purchase agreement or
underwriting agreement among the Company, the Guarantors and the Persons purchasing or
underwriting such Additional Notes.

          “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

          “Registered Exchange Offer” means the offer by the Company, pursuant to a Registration Rights
Agreement, to certain Holders of Initial Notes, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange
for the Initial Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes registered under the
Securities Act.

          “Rule 144A Notes” means all Notes offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A.

          “Shelf Registration Statement” means the registration statement issued by the Company in
connection with the offer and sale of Initial Notes or Private Exchange Notes pursuant to a
Registration Rights Agreement.

          “Transfer Restricted Notes” means Notes that bear or are required to bear a legend relating to
restrictions on transfer relating to the Securities Act set forth in Section 2.3(e).

 

3

     1.2 Other Definitions

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Defined in
	Term	 	Section:
	“Agent Members”
	 	 	2.1	(b)
	“Global Notes”
	 	 	2.1	(a)
	“IAI Global Note”
	 	 	2.1	(a)
	“Permanent Regulation S Global Note”
	 	 	2.1	(a)
	“Regulation S”
	 	 	2.1	(a)
	“Regulation S Global Note”
	 	 	2.1	(a)
	“Rule 144A”
	 	 	2.1	(a)
	“Rule 144A Global Note”
	 	 	2.1	(a)
	“Temporary Regulation S Global Note”
	 	 	2.1	(a)

2. The Notes

     2.1 (a) Form and Dating. The Initial Notes will be offered and sold by the Company
pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. The Initial Notes will be resold initially only to (i) QIBs in
reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”) and (ii) Persons other than U.S.
Persons (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act
(“Regulation S”). Initial Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, IAIs and
purchasers in reliance on Regulation S, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein.
Initial Notes initially resold pursuant to Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one
or more permanent global Notes in definitive, fully registered form (collectively, the “Rule 144A
Global Note”); Initial Notes initially resold to IAIs shall be issued initially in the form of one
or more permanent global Notes in definitive, fully registered form (collectively, the “IAI Global
Note”); and Initial Notes initially resold pursuant to Regulation S shall be issued initially in
the form of one or more temporary global notes in fully registered form (collectively, the
“Temporary Regulation S Global Note”), in each case without interest coupons and with the global
notes legend and the applicable restricted notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto, which shall
be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Initial Notes represented thereby with the Notes
Custodian and registered in the name of the Depository or a nominee of the Depository, duly
executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in this Indenture. Except as
set forth in this Section 2.1(a), beneficial ownership interests in the Temporary Regulation S
Global Note will not be exchangeable for interests in the Rule 144A Global Note, the IAI Global
Note, a permanent global note (the “Permanent Regulation S Global Note”, and together with the
Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the “Regulation S Global Note”) or any other Note prior to the
expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period and then, after the expiration of the Distribution
Compliance Period, may be exchanged for interests in a Rule 144A Global Note, an IAI Global Note or
the Permanent Regulation S Global Note only upon certification in form reasonably satisfactory to
the Trustee that (i) beneficial ownership interests in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note are
owned either by non-U.S. persons or U.S. persons who purchased such interests in a transaction that
did not require registration under the Securities Act and (ii) in the case of an exchange for an

 

4

IAI Global Note, certification that the interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note is being
transferred to an institutional “accredited investor” under the Securities Act that is an
institutional accredited investor acquiring the notes for its own account or for the account of an
institutional accredited investor.

          Beneficial interests in Temporary Regulation S Global Notes (after the expiration of the
Distribution Compliance Period) or IAI Global Notes may be exchanged for interests in Rule 144A
Global Notes if (1) such exchange occurs in connection with a transfer of Notes in compliance with
Rule 144A and (2) the transferor of the beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global
Note or the IAI Global Note, as applicable, first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in
a form satisfactory to the Trustee) to the effect that the beneficial interest in the Temporary
Regulation S Global Note or the IAI Global Note, as applicable, is being transferred to a Person
(a) who the transferor reasonably believes to be a QIB, (b) purchasing for its own account or the
account of a QIB in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and (c) in accordance with
all applicable securities laws of the States of the United States and other jurisdictions.

          Beneficial interests in Temporary Regulation S Global Notes (after the expiration of the
Distribution Compliance Period) and Rule 144A Global Notes may be exchanged for an interest in IAI
Global Notes if (1) such exchange occurs in connection with a transfer of the Notes in compliance
with an exemption under the Securities Act and (2) the transferor of the Regulation S Global Note
or Rule 144A Global Note, as applicable, first delivers to the trustee a written certificate
(substantially in the form of Exhibit 2) to the effect that (A) the Regulation S Global Note or
Rule 144A Global Note, as applicable, is being transferred (a) to an “accredited investor” within
the meaning of 501(a)(1),(2),(3) and (7) under the Securities Act that is an institutional investor
acquiring the notes for its own account or for the account of such an institutional accredited
investor, in each case in a minimum principal amount of the notes of $250,000, for investment
purposes and not with a view to or for offer or sale in connection with any distribution in
violation of the Securities Act and (B) in accordance with all applicable securities laws of the
States of the United States and other jurisdictions.

          Beneficial interests in a Rule 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note may be transferred to a
Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a Regulation S Global Note, whether before
or after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, only if the transferor first
delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in the form provided in this Indenture) to the
effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S or Rule
144 (if applicable).

          The Rule 144A Global Note, the IAI Global Note, the Temporary Regulation S Global Note and the
Permanent Regulation S Global Note are collectively referred to herein as “Global Notes.” The
aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by
adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depository or its nominee as hereinafter
provided.

 

5

     (b) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(b) shall apply only to a Global
Note deposited with or on behalf of the Depository.

          The Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.1(b),
authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Notes that (a) shall be registered in the
name of the Depository for such Global Note or Global Notes or the nominee of such Depository and
(b) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depository or pursuant to such Depository’s
instructions or held by the Trustee as custodian for the Depository.

          Members of, or participants in, the Depository (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under
this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository or by the
Trustee as the custodian of the Depository or under such Global Note, and the Company, the Trustee
and any agent of the Company, the Guarantors or the Trustee shall be entitled to treat the
Depository as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee or any agent
of the Company, the Guarantors or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification,
proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository and
its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depository governing the exercise
of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

     (c) Definitive Notes. Except as provided in this Section 2.1 or Section 2.3
or 2.4, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive
physical delivery of Definitive Notes.

     2.2 Authentication

          The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver: (1) on the Issue Date, an aggregate principal
amount of $275,000,000 Notes, (2) any Additional Notes for an original issue in an aggregate
principal amount specified in the written order of the Company pursuant to Section 2.03 of the
Indenture and (3) Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes for issue only in a Registered Exchange
Offer or a Private Exchange, respectively, pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, for a like
principal amount of Initial Notes, in each case upon a written order of the Company signed by two
Officers or by an Officer and either an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the
Company. Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on
which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and, in the case of any issuance and
Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Indenture, shall certify that such issuance is in
compliance with Section 4.03 of the Indenture.

     2.3 Transfer and Exchange

          (a) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes. When Definitive Notes are presented
to the Registrar with a request:

	 	(x)	 	to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes; or

 

6

	 	(y)	 	to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal
amount of Definitive Notes of other authorized denominations,

the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable
requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Definitive Notes surrendered
for transfer or exchange:

     (i) shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form
reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder
thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing; and

     (ii) if such Definitive Notes are required to bear a restricted notes legend, they are
being transferred or exchanged pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act, pursuant to Section 2.3(b) or pursuant to clause (A), (B) or (C) below, and
are accompanied by the following additional information and documents, as applicable:

     (A) if such Definitive Notes are being delivered to the Registrar by a Holder
for registration in the name of such Holder, without transfer, a certification from
such Holder to that effect; or

     (B) if such Definitive Notes are being transferred to the Company, a
certification to that effect; or

     (C) if such Definitive Notes are being transferred (x) pursuant to an
exemption from registration in accordance with Rule 144A, Regulation S or Rule 144
under the Securities Act; or (y) in reliance upon another exemption from the
requirements of the Securities Act: (i) a certification to that effect (in the form
set forth on the reverse of the Note) and (ii) if the Company so requests, an
opinion of counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to the
compliance with the restrictions set forth in the legend set forth in Section
2.3(e)(i).

          (b) Restrictions on Transfer of a Definitive Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global
Note. A Definitive Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global
Note, an IAI Global Note or a Permanent Regulation S Global Note except upon satisfaction of the
requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Definitive Note, duly endorsed or
accompanied by appropriate instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, together
with:

     (i) certification, in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note, that such
Definitive Note is either (A) being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, (B)
being transferred to an IAI or (C) being transferred after expiration of the Distribution
Compliance Period by a Person who initially purchased such Note in reliance on Regulation S
to a buyer who elects to hold its interest in such Note in the form of a beneficial
interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note; and

 

7

     (ii) written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Notes
Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and records with respect to such Rule 144A
Global Note (in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (b)(i)(A)), IAI Global Note (in
the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (b)(i)(B) or Permanent Regulation S Global Note
(in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (b)(i)(C)) to reflect an increase in the
aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note, IAI
Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, such instructions to
contain information regarding the Depository account to be credited with such increase,

then the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the Notes Custodian to
cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depository
and the Notes Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Rule 144A
Global Note, IAI Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, to be increased
by the aggregate principal amount of the Definitive Note to be exchanged and shall credit or cause
to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in
the Rule 144A Global Note, IAI Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as applicable,
equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Note so canceled. If no Rule 144A Global Notes,
IAI Global Notes or Permanent Regulation S Global Notes, as applicable, are then outstanding, the
Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon written order of the Company in the
form of an Officers’ Certificate of the Company, a new Rule 144A Global Note, IAI Global Note or
Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, in the appropriate principal amount.

          (c) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes.

          (i) The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall
be effected through the Depository, in accordance with this Indenture (including applicable
restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the Depository
therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the
Registrar a written order given in accordance with the Depository’s procedures containing
information regarding the participant account of the Depository to be credited with a
beneficial interest in the Global Note. The Registrar shall, in accordance with such
instructions, instruct the Depository to credit to the account of the Person specified in
such instructions a beneficial interest in the Global Note and to debit the account of the
Person making the transfer the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred.

          (ii) If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global
Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Registrar shall reflect on its
books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to
which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the
interest to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the
date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which
such interest is being transferred.

 

8

     (iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix (other than the
provisions set forth in Section 2.4), a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole
except by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository
to the Depository or another nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or any such
nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository.

     (iv) In the event that a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes pursuant to
Section 2.4 of this Appendix, prior to the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer or
the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Notes, such Notes
may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent
with the provisions of this Section 2.3 (including the certification requirements set forth
on the reverse of the Initial Notes intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule
144A, Regulation S or another applicable exemption under the Securities Act, as the case
may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Company.

          (d) Restrictions on Transfer of Temporary Regulation S Global Notes. During the
Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership interests in Temporary Regulation S Global
Notes may only be sold, pledged or transferred in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and
only (i) to the Company, (ii) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Regulation S (other
than a transaction resulting in an exchange for an interest in a Permanent Regulation S Global
Note), or (iii) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each
case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any State of the United States.

     (e) Legend.

     (i) Except as permitted by the following paragraphs (ii), (iii) and (iv), each Note
certificate evidencing the Global Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in
substitution thereof), in the case of Notes offered otherwise than in reliance on
Regulation S, shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM
REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES
ACT”), AND THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF
SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE IS
HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS NOTE MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE
PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER.

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) THIS NOTE MAY BE
OFFERED, RESOLD,
PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) TO THE COMPANY, (II) WITHIN THE UNITED STATES TO
A PERSON WHOM

 

9

THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED
IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE
144A, (III) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1),
(2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE
TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE
TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH
TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES LESS THAN $250,000, AN
OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT, (IV) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE
WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (V) PURSUANT TO EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (VI) PURSUANT TO AN
EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH
(VI), IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES,
AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF
THIS NOTE FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.

          Each certificate evidencing a Note offered in reliance on Regulation S shall, in lieu of the
foregoing, bear a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY
EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
“SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR
THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE
EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL
APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM
IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

Each Definitive Note shall also bear the following additional legend:

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND
TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH
TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM

 

10

     THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH
THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

     (ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note (including any Transfer
Restricted Note represented by a Global Note) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities
Act, the Registrar shall permit the transferee thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted
Note for a certificated Note that does not bear the legend set forth above and rescind any
restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note, if the transferor thereof
certifies in writing to the Registrar that such sale or transfer was made in reliance on
Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note).

     (iii) After a transfer of any Initial Notes or Private Exchange Notes pursuant to and
during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to
such Initial Notes or Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, all requirements
pertaining to legends on such Initial Note or such Private Exchange Note will cease to
apply, the requirements requiring any such Initial Note or such Private Exchange Note
issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will cease to apply, and a certificated
Initial Note or Private Exchange Note or an Initial Note or Private Exchange Note in global
form, in each case without restrictive transfer legends, will be available to the
transferee of the Holder of such Initial Notes or Private Exchange Notes upon exchange of
such transferring Holder’s certificated Initial Note or Private Exchange Note or directions
to transfer such Holder’s interest in the Global Note, as applicable.

     (iv) Upon the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial
Notes, all requirements pertaining to such Initial Notes that Initial Notes issued to
certain Holders be issued in global form will still apply with respect to Holders of such
Initial Notes that do not exchange their Initial Notes, and Exchange Notes in certificated
or global form, in each case without the restricted notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1
hereto, will be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Notes in such Registered
Exchange Offer.

     (v) Upon the consummation of a Private Exchange with respect to the Initial Notes,
all requirements pertaining to such Initial Notes that Initial Notes issued to certain
Holders be issued in global form will still apply with respect to Holders of such Initial
Notes that do not exchange their Initial Notes, and Private Exchange Notes in global form
with the global notes legend and the applicable restricted notes legend set forth in
Exhibit 1 hereto will be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Notes in such
Private Exchange.

          (f) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial
interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, redeemed, purchased or
canceled, such Global Note shall be returned to the Depository for cancellation or retained and
canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a
Global Note is exchanged for certificated
Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by

 

11

such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the
Trustee (if it is then the Notes Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note,
by the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, to reflect such reduction.

     (g) No Obligation of the Trustee.

     (i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of
a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depository or other Person with respect
to the accuracy of the records of the Depository or its nominee or of any participant or
member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the
delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the
Depository) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any
amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to
the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made
only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depository or its
nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note
shall be exercised only through the Depository subject to the applicable rules and
procedures of the Depository. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying
upon information furnished by the Depository with respect to its members, participants and
any beneficial owners.

     (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as
to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under
applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any
transfers between or among Depository participants, members or beneficial owners in any
Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or
evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the
terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to
form with the express requirements hereof.

2.4 Certificated Notes

          (a) A Global Note deposited with the Depository or with the Trustee as Notes Custodian for
the Depository pursuant to Section 2.1 shall be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the
form of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such
Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with Section 2.3
hereof and (i) the Depository notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as
Depository for such Global Note and the Depository fails to appoint a successor depositary or if at
any time such Depository ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and, in
either case, a successor Depository is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice,
or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (iii) the
Company, in its sole discretion, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the
issuance of Definitive Notes under this Indenture.

 

12

          (b) Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this
Section 2.4 shall be surrendered by the Depository to the Trustee located at its principal
corporate trust office, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without
charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such
Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.
Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be executed,
authenticated and delivered only in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and any integral
multiple thereof and registered in such names as the Depository shall direct. Any Definitive Note
delivered in exchange for an interest in the Transfer Restricted Note shall, except as otherwise
provided by Section 2.3(e) hereof, bear the applicable restricted notes legend and definitive note
legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto.

          (c) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.4(b) hereof, the registered Holder of a Global
Note shall be entitled to grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members
and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is
entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

          (d) In the event of the occurrence of one of the events specified in Section 2.4(a) hereof,
the Company shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes in
definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons. In the event that such Definitive
Notes are not issued, the Company expressly acknowledges, with respect to the right of any Holder
to pursue a remedy pursuant to Section 6.06 of this Indenture, the right of any beneficial owner of
Notes to pursue such remedy with respect to the portion of the Global Note that represents such
beneficial owner’s Notes as if such Definitive Notes had been issued.

 

 

EXHIBIT 1 to Rule 144A/REGULATION S/IAI APPENDIX

[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE]

[Global Notes Legend]

          UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST
COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR
REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME
OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY
PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC) ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY
PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

          TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO
NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF
THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH
IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

          [[FOR REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE ONLY] UNTIL 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF COMMENCEMENT OR
COMPLETION OF THE OFFERING, AN OFFER OR SALE OF NOTES WITHIN THE UNITED STATES BY A DEALER (AS
DEFINED IN THE SECURITIES ACT) MAY VIOLATE THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT IF
SUCH OFFER OR SALE IS MADE OTHERWISE THAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A THEREUNDER.]

[Restricted Notes Legend for Notes Offered Otherwise than in Reliance

on Regulation S]

          THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION
UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THIS NOTE
MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN
APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF
THIS NOTE MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT
PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER.

 

2

          THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) THIS NOTE MAY BE
OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) TO THE COMPANY, (II) WITHIN THE UNITED
STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS
DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE
144A, (III) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1), (2),
(3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED
LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE
FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT
SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, (IV) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN
OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (V) PURSUANT TO AN
EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE)
OR (VI) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES
(I) THROUGH (VI) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED
STATES, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF
THIS NOTE FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.

[Restricted Notes Legend for Notes Offered in Reliance on Regulation S.]

          THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY EXEMPT FROM
REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT
BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT
PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL
APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

[Temporary Regulation S Global Note Legend]

          EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S
GLOBAL NOTE WILL NOT BE EXCHANGEABLE FOR INTERESTS IN THE PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR ANY
OTHER NOTE REPRESENTING AN INTEREST IN THE NOTES REPRESENTED HEREBY WHICH DO NOT CONTAIN A LEGEND
CONTAINING RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF THE “40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE
PERIOD” (WITHIN THE MEANING

 

3

OF RULE 903(b)(2) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THEN ONLY UPON CERTIFICATION
IN FORM REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE TRUSTEE THAT SUCH BENEFICIAL INTERESTS ARE OWNED EITHER BY
NON-U.S. PERSONS OR U.S. PERSONS WHO PURCHASED SUCH INTERESTS IN A TRANSACTION THAT DID NOT REQUIRE
REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. DURING SUCH 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD,
BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE MAY ONLY BE SOLD, PLEDGED
OR TRANSFERRED (I) TO THE COMPANY, (II) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN A TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE
WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (III) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (III) IN ACCORDANCE
WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES. HOLDERS OF INTERESTS IN
THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE WILL NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE OF THE RESALE
RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO ABOVE, IF THEN APPLICABLE.

          AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THIS
TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED FOR INTERESTS IN A RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE ONLY
IF (1) SUCH EXCHANGE OCCURS IN CONNECTION WITH A TRANSFER OF THE NOTES IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A
AND (2) THE TRANSFEROR OF THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE FIRST DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A WRITTEN
CERTIFICATE (IN THE FORM ATTACHED TO THIS CERTIFICATE) TO THE EFFECT THAT THE REGULATION S GLOBAL
NOTE IS BEING TRANSFERRED (A) TO A PERSON WHO THE TRANSFEROR REASONABLY BELIEVES TO BE A QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A, (B) TO A PERSON WHO IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN
ACCOUNT OR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS
OF RULE 144A, AND (C) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED
STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS.

          AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THIS
TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED FOR INTERESTS IN AN IAI GLOBAL NOTE ONLY IF (1)
SUCH EXCHANGE OCCURS IN CONNECTION WITH A TRANSFER OF THE NOTES IN COMPLIANCE WITH AN EXEMPTION
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (2) THE TRANSFEROR OF THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE FIRST DELIVERS TO
THE TRUSTEE A WRITTEN CERTIFICATE (IN THE FORM ATTACHED TO THIS CERTIFICATE) TO THE EFFECT THAT THE
REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE IS BEING TRANSFERRED (A) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN
THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1),(2),(3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER,
FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING

 

4

CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF
WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT
SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE
SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS.

          BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR AN IAI GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A
PERSON WHO TAKES DELIVERY IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE, WHETHER
BEFORE OR AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, ONLY IF THE TRANSFEROR
FIRST DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A WRITTEN CERTIFICATE (IN THE FORM ATTACHED TO THIS CERTIFICATE) TO
THE EFFECT THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S OR
RULE 144 (IF AVAILABLE).

[Definitive Notes Legend]

          IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT
SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM
THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

5

[FLAG ACQUISITION CORPORATION

111/8% Senior Secured Notes Due 2015

	 	 	 
	 

	 	CUSIP No. [   ]
	 

	 	ISIN No. [ ]
	No. [ ]

	 	$ [ ]

          FLAG
ACQUISITION CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to
[   ], or its
registered assigns, the principal sum of [   ]
Dollars ($[   ]) on December 1, 2015.

          Interest Payment Dates: June 1 and December 1

          Record Dates: May 15 and November 15

          Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

Dated:

SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

6

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated:

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	FLAG ACQUISITION CORPORATION

 	 
	 	by  	
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

     as Trustee, certifies

that this is one of

the Notes referred

to in the Indenture.

by

                                                                                                         

          Authorized Signatory

 

7

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL NOTE]

111/8% Senior Secured Notes Due 2015

1. Interest

          Flag Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (such Person, and its respective
successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the
“Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at a rate per annum of
111/8%; provided, however, that if a Registration Default (as defined in the Registration Rights
Agreement) occurs, additional interest will accrue on this Note at a rate of 0.25% per annum
(increasing by an additional 0.25% per annum after each consecutive 90-day period that occurs after
the date on which such Registration Default occurs up to a maximum additional interest rate of
1.00%) from and including the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to but
excluding the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured and, if practicable, the
Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the occurrence of a Registration Default promptly
(and in any event prior to the next stated payment of interest) and of the cure of such
Registration Default promptly following the occurrence thereof (and in any event prior to the next
scheduled payment of interest). The Company will pay interest semiannually in arrears to the
holders of record of the Notes on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing June 1, 2006.
Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if
no interest has been paid, from the Issue Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a
360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Company will pay interest on overdue principal at the
rate borne by this Note plus 1.0% per annum, and it will pay interest on overdue installments of
interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

2. Method of Payment

          The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are
registered holders of Notes at the close of business on the May 15 and November 15 next preceding
the interest payment date even if Notes are canceled after the record date and on or before the
interest payment date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal
payments. The Company will pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the
time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of
the Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium and interest) will be made by
wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Depository. The
Company will make all payments in respect of a certificated Note (including principal, premium and
interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided, however,
that payments on a certificated Note will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account
maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire
transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating
such account no later than 30 days immediately

 

8

preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in
its discretion).

3. Paying Agent and Registrar

          Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (the “Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar.
The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice.
Holdings or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent,
Registrar or co-registrar.

4. Indenture

          The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of November 30, 2005 (the
“Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent. The
terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by
reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “Act”).
Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the
Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Noteholders are referred to the Indenture
and the Act for a statement of those terms.

          The Notes are secured obligations of the Company. The Indenture contains covenants that,
among other things, limit the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to incur
additional indebtedness; pay dividends or distributions on, or redeem or repurchase capital stock;
make investments; engage in transactions with affiliates; create liens on assets to secure
indebtedness; transfer or sell assets; guarantee indebtedness; restrict dividends or other payments
of subsidiaries; consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of its assets; and engage
in sale/leaseback transactions. These covenants are subject to important exceptions and
qualifications contained in the Indenture.

5. Optional Redemption

          Except as set forth below, the Company shall not be entitled to redeem the Notes.

          On and after December 1, 2010, the Company may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole at any
time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed
by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at the following redemption prices
(expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional
interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant
record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the
12-month period commencing on December 1 of the years set forth below:

 

9

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Redemption	 
	Period	 	Price	 
	2010
	 	 	105.563	%
	 
	 	 	 	 
	2011
	 	 	103.708	%
	 
	 	 	 	 
	2012
	 	 	101.854	%
	 
	 	 	 	 
	2013 and thereafter
	 	 	100.000	%

          In addition, prior to December 1, 2010, the Company may redeem the Notes at its option, in
whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior
notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal
to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and
accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date
(subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on
the relevant interest payment date).

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time on or prior to December 1,
2008, the Company may redeem, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by
first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, in the aggregate principal amount not to
exceed 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any)
with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (1) by the Company or (2) by any direct
or indirect parent of the Company, to the extent the net cash proceeds thereof are contributed to
the common equity capital of the Company or used to purchase Capital Stock (other than Disqualified
Stock) of the Company from it, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount
thereof) of 111.13% plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the
redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive
interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that at least 65% of the
aggregate principal amount of Notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any), remains outstanding
after each such redemption; provided further, however, that such redemption shall occur within 90
days after the date on which any such Equity Offering is consummated and otherwise in accordance
with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

6. Notice of Redemption

          Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60
days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at his registered address.
Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 principal amount may be redeemed in part but only in
whole multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest
on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with the
Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and
after such

 

10

date interest ceases to accrue on such Notes (or such portions thereof) called for redemption.

7. Put Provisions

          Unless the Company has given notice of redemption as described under Paragraph 5 of this Note
with respect to all the Notes, not later than 30 days following any Change of Control, any Holder
of Notes will have the right to cause the Company to purchase all or any part of the Notes of such
Holder at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased plus
accrued interest to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant
record date to receive interest due on the related interest payment date) as provided in, and
subject to the terms of the Indenture.

8. Guarantee

          The payment by the Company of the principal of, and premium and interest on, the Notes is
fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several basis by each of the Guarantors to the
extent set forth in the Indenture.

9. Security

          The Notes will be secured by the Collateral on the terms and subject to the conditions set
forth in the Indenture and the Security Documents. The Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, as
the case may be, hold the Collateral in trust for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders, in
each case pursuant to the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement. Each Holder, by
accepting this Note, consents and agrees to the terms of the Security Documents (including the
provisions providing for the foreclosure and release of Collateral) and the Intercreditor Agreement
as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and
the Indenture and authorizes and directs the Notes Collateral Agent to enter into the Security
Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights
thereunder in accordance therewith.

10. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

          The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 principal amount
and whole multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the
Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate
endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by
the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes selected for
redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be
redeemed) or any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or 15
days before an interest payment date.

 

11

	11.	 	Persons Deemed Owners

          The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

	12.	 	Unclaimed Money

          If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee
or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its request unless an abandoned property
law designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look
only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.

	13.	 	Discharge and Defeasance

          Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time shall be
entitled to terminate some or all of their and the Guarantors’ obligations under the Notes and the
Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or, in certain cases, U.S. Government
Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as
the case may be.

	14.	 	Amendment, Waiver

          Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may
amend the Indenture, the Notes, any Security Document or the Intercreditor Agreement with the
written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer
or exchange for the Notes) and any past default or compliance with any provisions may be waived
with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding
voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange
for the Notes). Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, the Company, the
Guarantors and the Trustee may amend the Indenture, the Notes, any Security Document or the
Intercreditor Agreement without notice to or consent of any Holder to cure any ambiguity, omission,
defect, mistake or inconsistency; to comply with Article 5 of the Indenture; to provide for
uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided, however, that the
uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in
a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code; to
add additional Guarantees with respect to the Notes; to add to the covenants of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power herein
conferred upon the Company or any Guarantor; to comply with any requirement of the SEC in
connection with qualifying or maintaining the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA; to make
any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder; to provide for the issuance of
the Exchange Notes or Additional Notes, which, except as otherwise provided in the Indenture, shall
have terms substantially identical in all material respects to the Initial Notes; to make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the

 

12

transfer
and legending of Notes; provided, however, that (a) compliance with the Indenture as so amended
would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other
applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the
rights of holders to transfer the Notes; to secure the Notes or to add additional assets as
Collateral; to release Collateral from the Lien or any Guarantor from its Guarantee pursuant to the
Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement when permitted or required by the
Indenture or the Security Documents; or except as provided in clause (x) of Section 9.02 of the
Indenture, to amend the Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with the provisions thereof.

	15.	 	Defaults and Remedies

          Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (a) default for 30 days in payment of interest
on the Notes; (b) default in payment of principal on the Notes at maturity, upon redemption
pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the Notes, upon acceleration or otherwise, or failure by the Company to
redeem or purchase Notes when required; (c) failure by the Company, Holdings or certain
Subsidiaries to comply with other agreements in the Indenture or the Notes, in certain cases
subject to notice and lapse of time; (d) certain accelerations (including failure to pay within any
grace period after final maturity) of other Indebtedness of the Company, Holdings or Significant
Subsidiaries if the amount accelerated (or so unpaid) exceeds $15.0 million; (e) certain events of
bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company, Holdings and the Significant Subsidiaries;
(f) certain judgments or decrees for the payment of money in excess of $15.0 million; (g) certain
defaults with respect to Guarantees; and (h) certain defaults relating to the Collateral under the
Security Documents. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of
at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes may declare all such Notes to be due and payable
immediately, subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture. Certain events of
bankruptcy or insolvency are Events of Default which will result in the Notes being due and payable
immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default.

          Noteholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.
The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives indemnity or
security reasonably satisfactory to it. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The
Trustee may withhold from Noteholders notice of any continuing Default (except a Default in payment
of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in the interest of the
Holders.

	16.	 	Trustee Dealings with the Company

          Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Act, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its
individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal
with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal
with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

13

	17.	 	No Recourse Against Others

          A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company or the Trustee shall not
have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or for any
claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation; provided,
however, the foregoing will not affect or limit any liability of any Guarantor under the Indenture
or its Guarantee. By accepting a Note, each Noteholder waives and releases all such liability.
The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

	18.	 	Authentication

          This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an
authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this
Note.

	19.	 	Abbreviations

          Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an assignee, such as TEN
COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights
of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to
Minors Act).

	20.	 	CUSIP Numbers

          Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification
Procedures the Company have caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the
Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders. No
representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification
numbers placed thereon.

	21.	 	Holders’ Compliance with Registration Rights Agreement

          Each Holder of a Note, by acceptance hereof, acknowledges and agrees to the provisions of the
Registration Rights Agreement, including the obligations of the Holders with respect to a
registration and the indemnification of the Company to the extent provided therein.

	22.	 	Governing Law

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN

ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

          The Company will furnish to any Noteholder upon written request and without charge to the
Noteholder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note in larger type. Requests
may be made to:

 

14

Flag Acquisition Corporation

c/o Apollo Management, LP

9 West 57th Street, 43rd Floor

New York, NY 10019

Attention: General Counsel

 

 

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

     (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

     (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

and irrevocably appoint                     agent to transfer this Note on the books of the
Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Date:

	 	 	 	 
	 	Your Signature:	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 

 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior
to the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act after the later
of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were
owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are
being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

	o
	 	to the Company; or

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	(1	)	 	o
	 	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act of 1933; or
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	(2	)	 	o
	 	inside the United States to a “qualified institutional
buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for
its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice
is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case
pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	(3	)	 	o
	 	outside the United States in an offshore transaction within
the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under
the Securities Act of 1933; or
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	(4	)	 	o
	 	pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by
Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933; or

 

2

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	(5	)	 	o
	 	to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in
Rule 501(a)(1),(2),(3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933) that has furnished to
the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes
evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered holder
thereof; provided, however, that if box (3), (4) or (5) is checked, the Trustee shall be
entitled to require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal
opinions, certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to
confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction
not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, such as the
exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act.

______________________________

Signature

Signature Guarantee:

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	Signature must be guaranteed

	 	 	 	Signature

     Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements
of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer
Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined
by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

 

3

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

          The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or
an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such
account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities
Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and
acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has
requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is
aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to
claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Dated:
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Notice:
	 	To be executed by
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	an executive officer

 

4

[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Amount of decrease in	 	 	Amount of increase in	 	 	Principal amount of this	 	 	Signature of authorized
	 	 	Principal amount of this	 	 	Principal amount of this	 	 	Global Note following such	 	 	officer of Trustee or Notes
	Date of Exchange	 	Global Note	 	 	Global Note	 	 	decrease or increase	 	 	Custodian

 

5

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

          If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.06 or
4.08 of the Indenture, check the box:

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

          If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.06 or 4.08 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount: $___

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Dated:

	 	 	 	 	 	Your Signature:	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	on the other side of this Note.)

	 	 	 
	Signature Guarantee:
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 

	 	(Signature must be guaranteed)

     Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements
of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer
Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined
by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

 

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE

OR PRIVATE EXCHANGE NOTE*/**/

 

			
	*/ If the Note is to be issued in global form add the Global Notes Legend from Exhibit 1
to Appendix A and the attachment from such Exhibit 1 captioned “[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] -
SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE”.
	 
	**/ If the Note is a Private Exchange Note issued in a Private Exchange to an Initial
Purchaser holding an unsold portion of its initial allotment, add the Restricted Notes Legend from
Exhibit 1 to Appendix A and replace the Assignment Form included in this Exhibit A with the
Assignment Form included in such Exhibit 1.

 

2

[FLAG ACQUISITION CORPORATION

111/8% Senior Secured Notes Due 2015

CUSIP No. [    ]

ISIN No. [    ]

			
	    No. [    ]
	 	$ [     ]

          FLAG
ACQUISITION CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to
[   ], or its
registered assigns, the principal sum of [    ] Dollars ($[    ]) on December 1, 2015.

          Interest Payment Dates: June 1 and December 1

          Record Dates: May 15 and November 15

          Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

Dated:

SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

3

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated:

          FLAG ACQUISITION CORPORATION

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	by	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	      Name:	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	     Title:	 	 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF

           AUTHENTICATION

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

      as Trustee, certifies that this is one of

           the Notes referred to in the Indenture.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Authorized Signatory	 	 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE NOTE

OR PRIVATE EXCHANGE NOTE]

111/8% Senior Secured Notes Due 2015

	1.	 	Interest

     Flag Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (such Person, and its successors and
assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Company”), promises
to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at a rate per annum of 111/8% [; provided,
however, that if a Registration Default (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) occurs,
additional interest will accrue on this Note at a rate of 0.25% per annum (increasing by an
additional 0.25% per annum after each consecutive 90-day period that occurs after the date on which
such Registration Default occurs up to a maximum additional interest rate of 1.00%) from and
including the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to but excluding the date on
which all Registration Defaults have been cured and, if practicable, the Company shall notify the
Trustee in writing of the occurrence of a Registration Default promptly (and in any event prior to
the next stated payment of interest) and of the cure of such Registration Default promptly
following the occurrence thereof (and in any event prior to the next scheduled payment of
interest).]1 The Company will pay interest semiannually in arrears to the holders of
record of the Notes on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing June 1, 2006. Interest on
the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest
has been paid, from the Issue Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of
twelve 30-day months. The Company will pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by this
Note plus 1.0% per annum, and it will pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same
rate to the extent lawful.

	2.	 	Method of Payment

          The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are
registered holders of Notes at the close of business on the May 15 and November 15 next preceding
the interest payment date even if Notes are canceled after the record date and on or before the
interest payment date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal
payments. The Company will pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the
time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of
the Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium and interest) will be made by
wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Depository. The
Company will make all payments in respect of a certificated Note (including principal, premium and
interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided, however,
that payments on a certificated Note will be

 

			
	1	 	Insert if at the date of issuance of the Exchange
Note or Private Exchange Note (as the case may be) any Registration Default has
occurred with respect to the related Initial Notes during the interest period
in which such date of issuance occurs.

 

2

made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the
United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the
Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days
immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may
accept in its discretion).

	3.	 	Paying Agent and Registrar

          Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (the “Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar.
The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice.
Holdings or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent,
Registrar or co-registrar.

	4.	 	Indenture

          The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of November 30, 2005 (the
“Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent. The
terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by
reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “Act”).
Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the
Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Noteholders are referred to the Indenture
and the Act for a statement of those terms.

          The Notes are secured obligations of the Company. The Indenture contains covenants that,
among other things, limit the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to incur
additional indebtedness; pay dividends or distributions on, or redeem or repurchase capital stock;
make investments; engage in transactions with affiliates; create liens on assets to secure
indebtedness; transfer or sell assets; guarantee indebtedness; restrict dividends or other payments
of subsidiaries; consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of its assets; and engage
in sale/leaseback transactions. These covenants are subject to important exceptions and
qualifications contained in the Indenture.

	5.	 	Optional Redemption

          Except as set forth below, the Company shall not be entitled to redeem the Notes.

          On and after December 1, 2010, the Company may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole at any
time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed
by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at the following redemption prices
(expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional
interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant
record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the
12-month period commencing on December 1 of the years set forth below:

 

3

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Redemption
	Period	 	Price
	2010
	 	 	105.563	%
	2011
	 	 	103.708	%
	2012
	 	 	101.854	%
	2013 and thereafter
	 	 	100.000	%

          In addition, prior to December 1, 2010, the Company may redeem the Notes at its option, in
whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior
notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal
to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and
accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date
(subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on
the relevant interest payment date).

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time on or prior to December 1,
2008, the Company may redeem, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by
first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, in the aggregate principal amount not to
exceed 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (which includes Additional
Notes, if any) with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (1) by the Company or (2)
by any direct or indirect parent of the Company, to the extent the net cash proceeds thereof are
contributed to the common equity capital of the Company or used to purchase Capital Stock (other
than Disqualified Stock) of the Company from it, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage
of principal amount thereof) of 111.13% plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest,
if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record
date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that at
least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any),
remains outstanding after each such redemption; provided further, however, that such redemption
shall occur within 90 days after the date on which any such Equity Offering is consummated and
otherwise in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

	6.	 	Notice of Redemption

          Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60
days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at his registered address.
Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 principal amount may be redeemed in part but only in
whole multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest
on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with the
Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and
after such date interest ceases to accrue on such Notes (or such portions thereof) called for
redemption.

 

4

	7.	 	Put Provisions

          Unless the Company has given notice of redemption as described under Paragraph 5 of this Note
with respect to all the Notes, not later than 30 days following any Change of Control, any Holder
of Notes will have the right to cause the Company to purchase all or any part of the Notes of such
Holder at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased plus
accrued interest to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant
record date to receive interest due on the related interest payment date) as provided in, and
subject to the terms of the Indenture.

	8.	 	Guarantee

          The payment by the Company of the principal of, and premium and interest on, the Notes is
fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several basis by each of the Guarantors to the
extent set forth in the Indenture.

	9.	 	Security

          The Notes will be secured by the Collateral on the terms and subject to the conditions set
forth in the Indenture and the Security Documents. The Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, as
the case may be, hold the Collateral in trust for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders, in
each case pursuant to the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement. Each Holder, by
accepting this Note, consents and agrees to the terms of the Security Documents (including the
provisions providing for the foreclosure and release of Collateral) and the Intercreditor Agreement
as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and
the Indenture and authorizes and directs the Notes Collateral Agent to enter into the Security
Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights
thereunder in accordance therewith.

	10.	 	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

          The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 principal amount
and whole multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the
Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate
endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by
the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes selected for
redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be
redeemed) or any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or 15
days before an interest payment date.

	11.	 	Persons Deemed Owners

          The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

5

	12.	 	Unclaimed Money

          If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee
or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its request unless an abandoned property
law designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look
only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.

	13.	 	Discharge and Defeasance

          Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time shall be
entitled to terminate some or all of their and the Guarantors’ obligations under the Notes and the
Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or, in certain cases, U.S. Government
Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as
the case may be.

	14.	 	Amendment, Waiver

          Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may
amend the Indenture, the Notes, any Security Document or the Intercreditor Agreement with the
written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer
or exchange for the Notes) and any past default or compliance with any provisions may be waived
with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding
voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange
for the Notes). Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, the Company, the
Guarantors and the Trustee may amend the Indenture, the Notes, any Security Document or the
Intercreditor Agreement without notice to or consent of any Holder to cure any ambiguity, omission,
defect, mistake or inconsistency; to comply with Article 5 of the Indenture; to provide for
uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided, however, that the
uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in
a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code; to
add additional Guarantees with respect to the Notes; to add to the covenants of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power herein
conferred upon the Company or any Guarantor; to comply with any requirement of the SEC in
connection with qualifying or maintaining the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA; to make
any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder; to provide for the issuance of
the Exchange Notes or Additional Notes, which, except as otherwise provided in the Indenture, shall
have terms substantially identical in all material respects to the Initial Notes; to make any
amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes;
provided, however, that (a) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes
being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law and (b)
such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of holders to transfer the
Notes; to secure the Notes or to add additional assets as Collateral; to release Collateral from
the Lien or any Guarantor from its Guarantee pursuant to the Indenture, the Security Documents and
the Intercreditor Agreement when permitted or required by the Indenture or the Security Documents;
or except as provided in

 

6

clause (x) of Section 9.02 of the Indenture, to amend the Intercreditor Agreement in accordance
with the provisions thereof.

	15.	 	Defaults and Remedies

          Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (a) default for 30 days in payment of interest
on the Notes; (b) default in payment of principal on the Notes at maturity, upon redemption
pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the Notes, upon acceleration or otherwise, or failure by the Company to
redeem or purchase Notes when required; (c) failure by the Company, Holdings or certain
Subsidiaries to comply with other agreements in the Indenture or the Notes, in certain cases
subject to notice and lapse of time; (d) certain accelerations (including failure to pay within any
grace period after final maturity) of other Indebtedness of the Company, Holdings or Significant
Subsidiaries if the amount accelerated (or so unpaid) exceeds $15.0 million; (e) certain events of
bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company, Holdings and the Significant Subsidiaries;
(f) certain judgments or decrees for the payment of money in excess of $15.0 million; (g) certain
defaults with respect to Guarantees; and (h) certain defaults relating to the Collateral under the
Security Documents. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of
at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes may declare all such Notes to be due and payable
immediately, subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture. Certain events of
bankruptcy or insolvency are Events of Default which will result in the Notes being due and payable
immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default.

          Noteholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.
The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives indemnity or
security reasonably satisfactory to it. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The
Trustee may withhold from Noteholders notice of any continuing Default (except a Default in payment
of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in the interest of the
Holders.

	16.	 	Trustee Dealings with the Company

          Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Act, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its
individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal
with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal
with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

	17.	 	No Recourse Against Others

          A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company or the Trustee shall not
have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or for any
claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation; provided,
however, the foregoing will not affect or limit any liability of any Guarantor under the Indenture
or its Guarantee. By accepting a Note, each Noteholder waives and releases all such liability.
The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

 

7

	18.	 	Authentication

          This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an
authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this
Note.

	19.	 	Abbreviations

          Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an assignee, such as TEN
COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights
of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to
Minors Act).

	20.	 	CUSIP Numbers

          Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification
Procedures the Company have caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the
Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders. No
representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification
numbers placed thereon.

	21.	 	Holders’ Compliance with Registration Rights Agreement

          Each Holder of a Note, by acceptance hereof, acknowledges and agrees to the provisions of the
Registration Rights Agreement, including the obligations of the Holders with respect to a
registration and the indemnification of the Company to the extent provided therein.]2

	22.	 	Governing Law

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN

ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

          The Company will furnish to any Noteholder upon written request and without charge to the
Noteholder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note in larger type. Requests
may be made to:

Flag Acquisition Corporation

c/o Apollo Management, LP

9 West 57th Street, 43rd Floor

New York, NY 10019

Attention: General Counsel

 

			
	2	 	Delete if this Note is not being issued in exchange
for an Initial Note.

 

8

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

     (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

     (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

and irrevocably appoint                     agent to transfer this Note on the books of the
Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Date:

	 	 	 	 
	 	Your Signature:	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 

 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

 

9

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

          If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.06 or
4.08 of the Indenture, check the box:

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

          If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.06 or 4.08 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount: $___

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Dated:

	 	 	 	 	 	Your Signature: 	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	on the other side of this Note.)

	 	 	 
	Signature
Guarantee: 
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 

	 	(Signature must be guaranteed)

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of
the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer
Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined
by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

 

EXHIBIT 2 to Rule 144A/REGULATION S/IAI APPENDIX

Form of

Transferee Letter of Representation

Flag Acquisition Corporation

In care of

[     ]

[     ]

[     ]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[ ] principal amount of the 111/8%
Senior Secured Notes Due 2015 (the “Notes”) of Flag Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware
corporation, (the “Company”).

     Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as
follows:

Name:____________________________

Address:__________________________

Taxpayer ID Number:_______________

     The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

     1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or
(7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)), purchasing for our own
account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000
principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or
sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such
knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the
merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we invest in or purchase notes similar to the
Notes in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each
able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

     2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless
so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own
behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or
otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is two years after the later of the date of
original issue and the last date on which the Company or any affiliate of the Company was the owner
of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only (i) to
the Company, (ii) in the United States to a person whom the seller reasonably

 

 

believes is a qualified institutional buyer in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule
144A, (iii) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2),
(3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is an institutional accredited investor purchasing for its
own account or for the account of an institutional accredited investor, in each case in a minimum
principal amount of the Notes of $250,000, (iv) outside the United States in a transaction
complying with the provisions of Rule 904 under the Securities Act, (v) pursuant to an exemption
from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144 (if available) or (vi) pursuant to
an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each of cases (i) through (vi)
subject to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such
investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any
applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent
to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is
proposed to be made pursuant to clause (iii) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination
Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this
letter to the Company and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee
is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7)
under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for
distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Company and
the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale
Restriction Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clause (iii), (iv) or (v) above to require
the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications or other information satisfactory to the
Company and the Trustee.

TRANSFEREE:_________________,

by:__________________

 

 

APPENDIX B

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE TO BE

DELIVERED BY ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS]

          SUPPLEMENTAL
INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
[   ] among [   ] (the
“Additional Subsidiary Guarantor”), a [   ] corporation and a [direct][indirect] subsidiary of
Metals USA, Inc. (or its permitted successor) (the “Company”), the Company, Flag Intermediate
Holdings Corporation, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee under the Indenture (the “Trustee”) and
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as notes collateral agent under the Indenture (the “Notes Collateral
Agent”).

WITNESSETH :

          WHEREAS the Company, Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors have heretofore executed and
delivered to the Trustee an Indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of November 30, 2005, providing
for the issuance of 111/8% Senior Secured Notes Due 2015 (the “Notes”);

          WHEREAS, Section 4.11 and Section 10.06 of the Indenture provide that under certain
circumstances the Company will cause the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor to execute and deliver to
the Trustee a guaranty agreement pursuant to which the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor will
Guarantee payment of the Notes on the same terms and conditions as those set forth in Article 10 of
the Indenture; and

          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01(iv) of the Indenture, the Trustee and the Company are
authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for good and valuable consideration, the
receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor and the
Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes
as follows:

          SECTION 1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall
have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

          SECTION 2. Guarantees. The Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly
and severally with all other Guarantors, to guarantee the Company’s obligations under the Notes on
the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and to be bound by
all other applicable provisions of the Indenture (including Article 11).

          SECTION 3. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture.
Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all
the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This
Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every holder of
Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

 

2

          SECTION 4. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

          SECTION 5. Trustee Makes No Representation. The Trustee makes no representation as
to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

          SECTION 6. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this
Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent
the same agreement.

          SECTION 7. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only
and shall not effect the construction of this Supplemental Indenture.

 

3

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as
of the date first written above.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	FLAG ACQUISITION CORPORATION,	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	by	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Name:	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Title:	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	[ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR],	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	by	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Name:	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Title:	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.,	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	by	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Name:	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Title:exv4w8

 

Exhibit 4.8

EXECUTION COPY

$275,000,000

METALS USA, INC.

111/8% Senior Secured Notes Due 2015

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

November 30, 2005

Credit Suisse First Boston LLC

CIBC World Markets Corp.,
   c/o
Credit Suisse First Boston LLC,

     Eleven Madison Avenue,

          New York, New York 10010-3629

Dear Sirs:

     Flag Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Flag Acquisition”), proposes to issue
and sell to Credit Suisse First Boston LLC and CIBC World Markets Corp. (collectively, the “Initial
Purchasers”), upon the terms set forth in a purchase agreement dated as of November 21, 2005 (the
“Purchase Agreement”), $275,000,000 principal amount of its 111/8% Senior
Secured Notes Due 2015 (the “Initial Securities”) to be unconditionally guaranteed (the
“Guarantees”), on a senior secured basis by Flag Intermediate Holdings Corporation, a Delaware
corporation (“Holdings”) and each of the subsidiaries of Metals USA, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(“Metals USA”), set forth on Schedule B to the Purchase Agreement (the “Subsidiary Guarantors” and,
together with Holdings, the “Guarantors”). The Initial Securities will be issued pursuant to an
Indenture, dated as of the date hereof (the “Indenture”), among Flag Acquisition, the Guarantors,
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”), and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.,
as collateral agent. As used in this Agreement, (i) the term “Issuer” means, prior to the Merger
(as defined in the Purchase Agreement), Flag Acquisition and, thereafter, Metals USA and (ii) the
term “Company” means, the Issuer and the Guarantors.

     As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Company
has agreed to enter into this Agreement. Accordingly, the Company agrees with the Initial
Purchasers, for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and the holders of the Securities (as defined
below) (collectively the “Holders”), as follows:

     1. Registered Exchange Offer. Unless not permitted by applicable law or applicable
interpretations thereof by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”),
the Company shall, after the date of original issue of the Initial Securities (the “Issue Date”)
prepare and use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the Commission a registration
statement (the “Exchange Offer Registration Statement”) on an appropriate form under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), with respect to a proposed offer (the “Registered
Exchange Offer”) to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in Section 6 hereof),
who are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered
Exchange Offer, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Initial Securities in
connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities
(the “Exchange Securities”) of the Company issued under the Indenture, substantially identical in
all material respects to the Initial Securities (except for the transfer restrictions relating to
the Initial Securities and the provisions relating to the matters described in Section 6 hereof)
and registered under the Securities Act. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts
(i) to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities
Act and (ii) keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective for not less than 20 business
days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date notice of the Registered Exchange Offer is
mailed to the Holders (such period being called the “Exchange Offer Registration Period”).

 

 

     If the Company commences the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company (i) will be entitled to
consummate the Registered Exchange Offer 20 business days after such commencement (provided that
the Company has accepted all the Initial Securities theretofore validly tendered in accordance with
the terms of the Registered Exchange Offer) and (ii) will be required to consummate the Registered
Exchange Offer, unless not permitted by applicable law or applicable interpretations thereof by the
staff of the Commission, no later than 60 days after the date on which the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement is declared effective (such 60th day being the “Consummation Deadline”).
For purposes of this Agreement, “consummate” shall mean compliance by the Company with provisions
(a) — (e) and (x) — (z) of this Section 1, as set forth below.

     Following the declaration of the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement,
the Company shall, as promptly as practicable, commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the
objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities
(as defined in Section 6 hereof) electing to exchange the Initial Securities for Exchange
Securities (assuming that such Holder is not an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of the
Securities Act, acquires the Exchange Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business
and has no arrangements with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange
Securities and is not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the
Registered Exchange Offer) to trade such Exchange Securities from and after their receipt without
any limitations or restrictions under the Securities Act and without material restrictions under
the securities laws of the several states of the United States.

     The Company acknowledges that, pursuant to current interpretations by the Commission’s staff
of Section 5 of the Securities Act, in the absence of an applicable exemption therefrom, (i) each
Holder which is a broker-dealer electing to exchange Initial Securities, acquired for its own
account as a result of market making activities or other trading activities, for Exchange
Securities (an “Exchanging Dealer”), is required to deliver a prospectus containing the information
set forth in (a) Annex A hereto on the cover, (b) Annex B hereto in the “Exchange Offer Procedures”
section and the “Purpose of the Exchange Offer” section, and (c) Annex C hereto in the “Plan of
Distribution” section of such prospectus in connection with a sale of any such Exchange Securities
received by such Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and (ii) an Initial
Purchaser that elects to sell Securities (as defined below) acquired in exchange for Initial
Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment is required to deliver a prospectus
containing the information required by Items 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act,
as applicable, in connection with such sale.

     The Company shall keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective and shall amend and
supplement the prospectus contained therein in order to permit such prospectus to be lawfully
delivered by all persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act for
such period of time as such persons must comply with such requirements in order to resell the
Exchange Securities; provided, however, that (i) in the case where such prospectus
and any amendment or supplement thereto must be delivered by an Exchanging Dealer or an Initial
Purchaser, such period shall be the lesser of 180 days and the date on which all Exchanging Dealers
and the Initial Purchasers have sold all Exchange Securities held by them (unless such period is
extended pursuant to Section 3(j) below) and (ii) the Company shall make such prospectus and any
amendment or supplement thereto available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any
resale of any Exchange Securities for a period of not less than 180 days after the consummation of
the Registered Exchange Offer (or such shorter period during which such persons are required by
applicable law to deliver such prospectus).

     If, upon consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, any Initial Purchaser holds Initial
Securities acquired by it as part of its initial distribution, the Company, simultaneously with the
delivery of the Exchange Securities pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer, shall issue and
deliver to such Initial Purchaser upon the written request of such Initial Purchaser, in exchange
(the “Private Exchange”) for the Initial Securities held by such Initial Purchaser, a like
principal amount of debt securities of the Company issued under the Indenture and identical in all
material respects (including the existence of restrictions on
transfer under the Securities Act and the securities laws of the several states of the United
States, but excluding provisions relating to the matters described in Section 6 hereof) to the
Initial Securities (the

2

 

“Private Exchange Securities”). The Initial Securities, the Exchange
Securities and the Private Exchange Securities are herein collectively called the “Securities”.

In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall:

     (a) mail to each Holder a copy of the prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related
documents;

     (b) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 business days (or
longer, if required by applicable law) after the date notice thereof is mailed to the
Holders;

     (c) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an
address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, which may be the Trustee or an
affiliate of the Trustee;

     (d) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time prior to the close of
business, New York time, on the last business day on which the Registered Exchange Offer
shall remain open; and

     (e) otherwise comply in all material respects with all applicable laws.

     As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer or the Private
Exchange, as the case may be, the Company shall, unless not permitted by applicable law and
applicable interpretations thereof by the staff of the Commission:

     (x) accept for exchange all the Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant
to the Registered Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange;

     (y) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all the Initial Securities so accepted for
exchange; and

     (z) cause the Trustee to authenticate and deliver promptly to each Holder of the
Initial Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be,
equal in principal amount to the Initial Securities of such Holder so accepted for
exchange.

     The Indenture will provide that the Exchange Securities will not be subject to the transfer
restrictions set forth in the Indenture and that all the Securities will vote and consent together
on all matters as one class and that none of the Securities will have the right to vote or consent
as a class separate from one another on any matter.

     Interest on each Exchange Security and Private Exchange Security issued pursuant to the
Registered Exchange Offer and in the Private Exchange will accrue from the last interest payment
date on which interest was paid on the Initial Securities surrendered in exchange therefor or, if
no interest has been paid on the Initial Securities, from the date of original issue of the Initial
Securities.

     Each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent in
writing (which may be contained in the applicable letter of transmittal) to the Company that at the
time of the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer (i) any Exchange Securities received by
such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of business, (ii) such Holder will have no
arrangements or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Securities
or the Exchange Securities within the meaning of the Securities Act, (iii) such Holder is not an
“affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Company or if it is an affiliate,
such Holder will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act to the extent applicable, (iv) if such Holder is not a
broker-dealer, that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution
of the Exchange Securities and (v) if such Holder is a broker-dealer, that it will receive Exchange
Securities for its own

3

 

account in exchange for Initial Securities that were acquired as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities and that it will be required to acknowledge
that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

     Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Company will ensure that (i) any Exchange
Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any prospectus forming part thereof and
any supplement thereto complies as to form in all material respects with the Securities Act and the
rules and regulations thereunder, (ii) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment
thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit
to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein
not misleading and (iii) any prospectus forming part of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement,
and any supplement to such prospectus, does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or
omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the
statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

     2. Shelf Registration. If, (i) because of applicable law or applicable interpretations
thereof by the staff of the Commission, the Company is not permitted to effect a Registered
Exchange Offer, as contemplated by Section 1 hereof, (ii) the Registered Exchange Offer is not
consummated by the 300th day after the Issue Date, (iii) any Initial Purchaser so requests in
writing on or prior to the 60th day after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer with
respect to the Initial Securities (or the Private Exchange Securities) not eligible to be exchanged
for Exchange Securities in the Registered Exchange Offer and held by it following consummation of
the Registered Exchange Offer or (iv) any Holder (other than an Exchanging Dealer) is not eligible
to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer or, in the case of any Holder (other than an
Exchanging Dealer) that participates in the Registered Exchange Offer, such Holder does not receive
freely tradeable Exchange Securities on the date of the exchange or may not resell the Exchange
Securities acquired by it in the Registered Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a
prospectus, and any such Holder so requests in writing on or prior to the 60th day after the
consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall take the following actions (the
date on which any of the conditions described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (iv) occur,
including in the case of clauses (iii) or (iv) the receipt of the required notice, being a “Trigger
Date”):

     (a) The Company shall, at its cost, file with the Commission and thereafter use its
commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be declared effective (x) in the case of a
Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to clause (i) of the foregoing paragraph, no
later than 300 days after the Issue Date and (y) in the case of a Shelf Registration
Statement filed pursuant to clause (ii), (iii) or (iv) of the foregoing paragraph, no later
than the later of (i) the 300th day after the Issue Date and (ii) the 60th
day after the Trigger Date (such 300th day or such 60th day, as
the case may be, being an “Effectiveness Deadline”) a registration statement (the “Shelf
Registration Statement” and, together with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, a
“Registration Statement”) on an appropriate form under the Securities Act relating to the
offer and sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities by the Holders thereof from time to
time in accordance with the methods of distribution set forth in the Shelf Registration
Statement and Rule 415 under the Securities Act (hereinafter, the “Shelf Registration”);
provided, however, that no Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) shall
be entitled to have the Securities held by it covered by such Shelf Registration Statement
unless such Holder agrees in writing to be bound by all the provisions of this Agreement
applicable to such Holder.

     (b) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf
Registration Statement continuously effective in order to permit the prospectus included
therein to be lawfully delivered by the Holders of the relevant Securities, for a period of
two years (or for such longer period if extended pursuant to Section 3(j) below) from the
date of its effectiveness or such shorter period that will terminate when all the
Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement (i) have been sold pursuant thereto
or (ii) can be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, without any limitations
under clauses (c), (e), (f) and (h) thereof.

4

 

     (c) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, the
Company shall cause the Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus and any
amendment or supplement thereto, as of the effective date of the Shelf Registration
Statement, amendment or supplement, (i) to comply as to form in all material respects with
the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the
Commission and (ii) not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state
a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements
therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

     3. Registration Procedures. In connection with any Shelf Registration contemplated by Section
2 hereof and, to the extent applicable, any Registered Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 1
hereof, the following provisions shall apply:

     (a) The Company shall (i) furnish to each Initial Purchaser, prior to the filing
thereof with the Commission, a copy of the Registration Statement and each amendment
thereof and each supplement, if any, to the prospectus included therein and, in the event
that an Initial Purchaser (with respect to any portion of an unsold allotment from the
original offering) is participating in the Registered Exchange Offer or the Shelf
Registration Statement, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to
reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as such
Initial Purchaser reasonably may propose; (ii) include the information set forth in Annex A
hereto on the cover, in Annex B hereto in the “Exchange Offer Procedures” section and the
“Purpose of the Exchange Offer” section and in Annex C hereto in the “Plan of Distribution”
section of the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and
include the information set forth in Annex D hereto in the Letter of Transmittal delivered
pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer; (iii) if requested by an Initial Purchaser in
writing, include the information required by Items 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the
Securities Act, as applicable, in the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement; (iv) include within the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement a section entitled “Plan of Distribution,” reasonably acceptable to
the Initial Purchasers, which shall contain a summary statement of the positions taken or
policies made by the staff of the Commission with respect to the potential “underwriter”
status of any broker-dealer that is the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) of Exchange
Securities received by such broker-dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer (a
“Participating Broker-Dealer”), whether such positions or policies have been publicly
disseminated by the staff of the Commission or such positions or policies, in the
reasonable judgment of the Initial Purchasers based upon advice of counsel (which may be
in-house counsel), represent the prevailing views of the staff of the Commission; and (v)
in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement and subject to subsection (n) below, include
the names of the Holders who propose to sell Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration
Statement as selling securityholders.

     (b) The Company shall give written notice to the Initial Purchasers, any Participating
Broker-Dealer from whom the Company has received prior written notice that it will be a
Participating Broker-Dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer and, in the case of a Shelf
Registration only, each Holder of the Securities (which notice pursuant to clauses (ii)-(v)
hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the prospectus until
the requisite changes have been made):

     (i) when the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has
become effective;

     (ii) of any request by the Commission after the Registration Statement has
become effective for amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the
prospectus included therein or for additional information;

5

 

     (iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for
that purpose;

     (iv) of the receipt by the Company or its legal counsel of any notification
with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for sale in
any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such
purpose; and

     (v) of the happening of any event during the period that the Registration
Statement is effective that requires the Company to make changes in the Registration
Statement or the prospectus in order that the Registration Statement or the
prospectus do not contain an untrue statement of a material fact nor omit to state a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein (in the case of the prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which
they were made) not misleading.

     (c) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal
at the earliest possible time of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration
Statement.

     (d) The Company shall furnish to each Holder of Securities included within the
coverage of the Shelf Registration, without charge, at least one copy of the Shelf
Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial
statements and schedules, and, if the Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto
(including those, if any, incorporated by reference).

     (e) The Company shall deliver to each Exchanging Dealer and each Initial Purchaser,
and to any other Holder who so requests, without charge, at least one copy of the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial
statements and schedules, and, if any Initial Purchaser or any such Holder requests, all
exhibits thereto (including those incorporated by reference).

     (f) The Company shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to each Holder of
Securities included within the coverage of the Shelf Registration, without charge, as many
copies of the prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) included in the Shelf
Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such person may
reasonably request. The Company consents, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to
the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling
Holders of the Securities in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities
covered by the prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Shelf
Registration Statement.

     (g) The Company shall deliver to each Initial Purchaser, any Exchanging Dealer, any
Participating Broker-Dealer and such other persons required to deliver a prospectus
following the Registered Exchange Offer, without charge, as many copies of the final
prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment or
supplement thereto as such persons may reasonably request. The Company consents, subject
to the provisions of this Agreement, to the use of the prospectus or any amendment or
supplement thereto by any Initial Purchaser, if necessary, any Participating Broker-Dealer
and such other persons required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange
Offer in connection with the offering and sale of the Exchange Securities covered by the
prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in such Exchange Offer
Registration Statement.

     (h) Prior to any public offering of the Securities pursuant to any Registration
Statement the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify
or cooperate with the Holders of the Securities included therein and their respective
counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of the Securities for offer
and sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of such states of the United States as any
Holder of the Securities reasonably requests in

6

 

writing and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the
offer and sale in such jurisdictions of the Securities covered by such Registration
Statement; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to (i)
qualify generally to do business or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction where it
is not then so qualified or (ii) take any action which would subject it to general service
of process or to taxation in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

     (i) The Company shall cooperate with the Holders of the Securities to facilitate the
timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing the Securities to be sold
pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such
denominations and registered in such names as the Holders may request a reasonable period
of time prior to sales of the Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement.

     (j) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by paragraphs (ii) through (v) of
Section 3(b) above during the period for which the Company is required to maintain an
effective Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly prepare and file a
post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related
prospectus and any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to Holders of
the Securities or purchasers of Securities, the prospectus will not contain an untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under
which they were made, not misleading. If the Company notifies the Initial Purchasers, the
Holders of the Securities and any known Participating Broker-Dealer in accordance with
paragraphs (ii) through (v) of Section 3(b) above to suspend the use of the prospectus
until the requisite changes to the prospectus have been made, then the Initial Purchasers,
the Holders of the Securities and any such Participating Broker-Dealers shall suspend use
of such prospectus and expressly agree to maintain the information contained in such notice
confidential (except that such information may be disclosed to its counsel) until it has
been publicly disclosed by the Company; notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall
not be required to amend or supplement a Registration Statement or any related prospectus
if (i) an event occurs and is continuing as a result of which the Shelf Registration or any
related prospectus would, in the Company’s good faith judgment, contain an untrue statement
of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the
statements therein not misleading (with respect to such prospectus only, in light of the
circumstances under which they were made) and (ii) (a) the Company determines in its good
faith judgment that the disclosure of such event at such time would have a material adverse
effect on its business, operations or prospects or (b) the disclosure otherwise relates to
a pending material business transaction that has not yet been publicly disclosed; and the
period of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement provided for in Section 2(b)
above and the Exchange Offer Registration Statement provided for in Section 1 above shall
each be extended by the number of days from and including the date of the giving of such
notice to and including the date when the Initial Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities
and any known Participating Broker-Dealer shall have received such amended or supplemented
prospectus pursuant to this Section 3(j).

     (k) Not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, the
Company will provide a CUSIP number for the Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities or
the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be.

     (l) The Company will comply in all material respects with all rules and regulations of
the Commission to the extent and so long as they are applicable to the Registered Exchange
Offer or the Shelf Registration and will make generally available to its security holders
(or otherwise provide in accordance with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act) an earning
statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act, no later than
50 days after the end of a 12-month period (or 105 days, if such period is a fiscal year)
beginning with the first month of the Issuer’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the
effective date of the Registration Statement, which statement shall cover such 12-month
period.

7

 

     (m) The Company shall cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture
Act of 1939, as amended, in a timely manner and containing such changes, if any, as shall
be necessary for such qualification. In the event that such qualification would require
the appointment of a new trustee under the Indenture, the Company shall appoint a new
trustee thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

     (n) The Company may require each Holder of Securities to be sold pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement to furnish to the Company such information regarding the Holder and
the distribution of the Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably require
for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, and the Company may exclude from such
registration the Securities of any Holder that fails to furnish such information within a
reasonable time after receiving such request.

     (o) In the case of an offering of Securities to an underwriter or underwriters for
reoffering to the public (an “Underwritten Offering”) pursuant to any Shelf Registration,
the Company shall enter into such customary agreements (including, if requested, an
underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all such other customary action, if any,
as any Holder of the Securities shall reasonably request in order to facilitate the
disposition of the Securities pursuant to any Shelf Registration.

     (p) In the case of any Shelf Registration, the Company shall (i) make reasonably
available for inspection by the Holders of the Securities, any underwriter participating in
any disposition pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement and any attorney, accountant
or other agent retained by the Holders of the Securities or any such underwriter, at
reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, all relevant financial and other records,
pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and (ii) cause the Company’s
officers, directors, employees, accountants and auditors to supply all relevant information
reasonably requested by the Holders of the Securities or any such underwriter, attorney,
accountant or agent in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, in each case, as
shall be reasonably necessary to enable such persons to conduct a reasonable investigation
within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; provided, however,
that the foregoing inspection and information gathering shall be coordinated on behalf of
the Initial Purchasers by you and on behalf of the other parties, by one counsel designated
by and on behalf of such other parties as described in Section 4 hereof; and
provided, further, that each such Holder, underwriter, attorney, accountant
or agent shall agree in writing that it will keep such information confidential and that it
will not disclose any of the information that the Company determines, in good faith, to be
confidential and notifies them in writing are confidential unless (A) the disclosure of
such information is necessary to avoid or correct a material misstatement or material
omission in such Registration Statement or prospectus, (B) the release of such information
is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction, or
is reasonably necessary in order to establish a “due diligence” defense pursuant to Section
11 of the Securities Act, or (C) the information has been made generally available to the
public other than by any of such persons or their respective affiliates; provided,
however, that prior notice shall be provided as soon as practicable to the Company
of the potential disclosure of any information by such person pursuant to clause (A) or (B)
of this sentence in order to permit the Company to obtain a protective order (or to waive
the provisions of this paragraph (p)).

     (q) In the case of an Underwritten Offering pursuant to any Shelf Registration, the
Company, if requested by any Holder of Securities covered thereby, shall cause (i) its
counsel to deliver an opinion and updates thereof relating to the Securities in customary
form and covering matters customarily covered in opinions delivered in connection with such
transactions and addressed to such Holders and the managing underwriters, if any, thereof
and dated, in the case of the initial opinion, the effective date of such Shelf
Registration Statement; (ii) its officers to execute and deliver all customary documents
and certificates and updates thereof requested by any underwriters of the applicable
Securities and (iii) its independent public accountants to provide to the selling Holders
of the applicable Securities and any underwriter therefor a comfort letter in

8

 

customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters
in connection with primary underwritten offerings, subject to receipt of appropriate
documentation as contemplated, and only if permitted, by Statement of Auditing Standards
No. 72.

     (r) If a Registered Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange is to be consummated, upon
delivery of the Initial Securities by Holders to the Company (or to such other Person as
directed by the Company) in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange
Securities, as the case may be, the Company shall mark, or cause to be marked, on the
Initial Securities so exchanged that such Initial Securities are being canceled in exchange
for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be; in no
event shall the Initial Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied.

     (s) The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to (a) if the Initial
Securities have been rated prior to the initial sale of such Initial Securities, confirm
such ratings will apply to the Securities covered by a Registration Statement, or (b) if
the Initial Securities were not previously rated, cause the Securities covered by a
Registration Statement to be rated with the appropriate rating agencies, if so requested by
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities covered by such
Registration Statement, or by the managing underwriters, if any.

     (t) In the event that any broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act shall
underwrite any Securities or participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate or
selling group or “assist in the distribution” (within the meaning of the Conduct Rules (the
“Rules”) of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”)) thereof, whether
as a Holder of such Securities or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker
or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, the Company will cooperate with such
broker-dealer in complying with the requirements of such Rules, including, without
limitation, by (i) if such Rules, including Rule 2720, shall so require, at the expense of
the Holders, engaging a “qualified independent underwriter” (as defined in Rule 2720) to
participate in the preparation of the Registration Statement relating to such Securities,
to exercise usual standards of due diligence in respect thereto and, if any portion of the
offering contemplated by such Registration Statement is an underwritten offering or is made
through a placement or sales agent, to recommend the yield of such Securities, (ii)
indemnifying any such qualified independent underwriter to the extent of the
indemnification of underwriters provided in Section 5 hereof and (iii) providing such
information to such broker-dealer as may be required in order for such broker-dealer to
comply with the requirements of the Rules.

     4. Registration Expenses. All expenses incident to the Company’s performance of and
compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the Company, regardless of whether a Registration
Statement is ever filed or becomes effective, including without limitation;

     (a) all registration and filing fees and expenses;

     (b) all fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state “blue sky”
or securities laws;

     (c) all expenses of printing (including printing of Prospectuses), messenger and
delivery services and telephone;

     (d) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and

     (e) all fees and disbursements of independent certified public accountants of the
Company (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or
incident to such performance).

9

 

The Company will bear its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries
and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the
expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any person, including special
experts, retained by the Company. Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and
commissions, and the fees of any counsel retained by or on behalf of the underwriters, and
transfer taxes, if any, related to the sale or disposition of a Holder’s Securities
pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement.

5. Indemnification.

     (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of the Securities,
any Participating Broker-Dealer and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or such
Participating Broker-Dealer within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act
(each Holder, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such controlling persons are referred to
collectively as the “Indemnified Parties”) from and against any losses, claims, damages or
liabilities, joint or several, or any actions in respect thereof (including, but not
limited to, any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions relating to purchases and
sales of the Securities) to which each Indemnified Party may become subject under the
Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages,
liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement or prospectus or
in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus relating to a Shelf
Registration, or arise out of, or are based upon, the omission or alleged omission to state
therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading, and shall reimburse, as incurred, the Indemnified Parties for any
legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or
defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof;
provided, however, that (i) the Company shall not be liable in any such
case to the extent that such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based
upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made
in a Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in
any preliminary prospectus relating to a Shelf Registration in reliance upon and in
conformity with written information pertaining to such Holder and furnished to the Company
by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion therein and (ii) with respect to
any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in any
preliminary prospectus relating to a Shelf Registration Statement, the indemnity agreement
contained in this subsection (a) shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder or
Participating Broker-Dealer from whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages
or liabilities purchased the Securities concerned, to the extent that a prospectus relating
to such Securities was required to be delivered by such Holder or Participating
Broker-Dealer under the Securities Act in connection with such purchase and any such loss,
claim, damage or liability of such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer results from the
fact that there was not sent or given to such person, at or prior to the written
confirmation of the sale of such Securities to such person, a copy of the final prospectus
if the Company had previously furnished copies thereof to such Holder or Participating
Broker-Dealer; provided further, however, that this indemnity
agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have to such
Indemnified Party. The Company shall also indemnify underwriters, their officers and
directors and each person who controls such underwriters within the meaning of the
Securities Act or the Exchange Act to the same extent as provided above with respect to the
indemnification of the Holders of the Securities if requested by such Holders.

     (b) Each Holder of the Securities, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold
harmless the Company and each person, if any, who controls the Issuer or any of the
Guarantors within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act from and against
any losses, claims, damages or liabilities or any actions in respect thereof, to which the
Company or any such controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act, the
Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions
arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a
material fact contained in a Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or
supplement thereto or in any preliminary

10

 

prospectus relating to a Shelf Registration, or arise out of or are based upon the
omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the untrue
statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission was made in reliance upon and
in conformity with written information pertaining to such Holder and furnished to the
Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion therein; and, subject to
the limitation set forth immediately preceding this clause, shall reimburse, as incurred,
the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such
controlling person in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, damage,
liability or action in respect thereof. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to
any liability which such Holder may otherwise have to the Company or any of their
controlling persons.

     (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 5 of notice of
the commencement of any action or proceeding (including a governmental investigation), such
indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the
indemnifying party under this Section 5, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement
thereof; but the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the
indemnifying party from any liability that it may have under subsection (a) or (b) above
except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of
substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to
notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to
an indemnified party otherwise than under subsection (a) or (b) above. In case any such
action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of
the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein
and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly
notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such
indemnified party (which counsel shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified
party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and after notice from the indemnifying party
to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof the indemnifying
party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 5 for any legal or
other expenses, other than reasonable costs of investigation, subsequently incurred by such
indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof. In any such proceeding, any
indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses
of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the
indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the contrary;
(ii) the indemnifying party has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel
reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party; (iii) the indemnified party shall have
reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different
from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party: or (iv) the named parties
in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying
party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel
would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is
understood and agreed that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any
proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and
expenses or more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all
indemnified parties, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are
incurred. Any such separate firm for any Initial Purchaser, its affiliates, directors and
officers and any control persons of such Initial Purchaser shall be designated in writing
by CSFB and any such separate firm for the Issuer, the Guarantors, their directors and
officers and any control persons of the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be designated in
writing by the Company. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of
the indemnified party, provided that such consent is not unreasonably withheld or delayed,
effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any
indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought
hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional
release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject
matter of such action, and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of
fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

11

 

     (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is unavailable or
insufficient (although applicable in accordance with its terms) to hold harmless an
indemnified party under subsections (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall
contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the
losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to in
subsection (a) or (b) above (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the
relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the
indemnified party on the other from the issuance and sale of the Securities to the Initial
Purchasers, pursuant to the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, or (ii) if
the allocation provided by the foregoing clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in
such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in
clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the
one hand and the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or
omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in
respect thereof) as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative
fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the
untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission
to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or
such Holder or such other indemnified party, as the case may be, on the other, and the
parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or
prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of
the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this
subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred
by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim
which is the subject of this subsection (d). Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Section 5(d), the Holders of the Securities shall not be required to contribute any amount
in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds received by such Holders from the sale of
the Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement exceeds the amount of damages which
such Holders have otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent
misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be
entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation. For purposes of this paragraph (d), each person, if any, who controls
such indemnified party within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall
have the same rights to contribution as such indemnified party and each person, if any, who
controls the Issuer or any of the Guarantors within the meaning of the Securities Act or
the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.

     (e) The agreements contained in this Section 5 shall survive the sale of the
Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement and shall remain in full force and effect,
regardless of any termination or cancellation of this Agreement or any investigation made
by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

6. Additional Interest Under Certain Circumstances.

     (a) Additional interest (the “Additional Interest”) with respect to the Securities
shall be assessed as follows if any of the following events occur (each such event in
clauses (i) through (i) below being herein called a “Registration Default”):

     (i) if the Company fails to file the Exchange Offer Registration Statement with
the Commission on or prior to the 180th day after the Issue Date;

     (ii) if the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated by the
300th day after the Issue Date;

     (iii) if obligated to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section
2(i), a Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective by the Commission by
the 300th day after the Issue Date;

12

 

     (iv) if obligated to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section
2(ii), (iii) or (iv), the Company fails to file the Shelf Registration Statement
with the Commission on or prior to the later of the 180th day after the
Issue Date and the 30th day after the date on which the obligation to
file a Shelf Registration Statement arises;

     (v) if obligated to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section
2(ii), (iii) or (iv), the Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective on
or prior to the Effectiveness Deadline; or

     (vi) if after either the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf
Registration Statement, as the case may be, is declared effective (A) such
Registration Statement thereafter ceases to be effective; or (B) such Registration
Statement or the related prospectus ceases to be usable (except as permitted in
paragraph (b)) in connection with resales of Transfer Restricted Securities during
the periods specified herein because either (1) any event occurs as a result of
which the related prospectus forming part of such Registration Statement would
include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact
necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under
which they were made not misleading or (2) it shall be necessary to amend such
Registration Statement or supplement the related prospectus to comply with the
Securities Act or the Exchange Act or the respective rules thereunder.

Each of the foregoing will constitute a Registration Default whatever the reason for any
such event and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is beyond the control of the
Company or pursuant to operation of law or as a result of any action or inaction by the
Commission.

Additional Interest shall accrue on the Securities over and above the interest set forth in
the title of the Securities from and including the date on which any such Registration
Default shall occur to but excluding the date on which all such Registration Defaults have
been cured, at a rate of 0.25% per annum (the “Additional Interest Rate”) for the first
90-day period immediately following the occurrence of such Registration Default. The
Additional Interest Rate shall increase by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to
each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a
maximum Additional Interest Rate of 1.0% per annum. In no event shall the Company be
obligated to pay Additional Interest under more than one of the clauses in this Section
6(a) at any one time and, in the case of a Shelf Registration, it is expressly understood
that Additional Interest should be payable only with respect to Securities so requested to
be registered pursuant to Section 2 hereof.

     (b) A Registration Default referred to in Section 6(a)(vi) hereof shall be deemed not
to have occurred and be continuing in relation to a Shelf Registration Statement or the
related prospectus if (i) such Registration Default has occurred solely as a result of (x)
the filing of a post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement to
incorporate annual audited financial information with respect to the Company where such
post-effective amendment is not yet effective and needs to be declared effective to permit
Holders to use the related prospectus, (y) other material events with respect to the
Company that would need to be described in such Shelf Registration Statement or the related
prospectus or (z) the suspension of the effectiveness of such Registration Statement
because the Company does not wish to disclose publicly a pending material business
transaction that has not yet been publicly disclosed, and (ii) in the case of clause (y),
the Company is proceeding promptly and in good faith to amend or supplement such Shelf
Registration Statement and related prospectus to describe such events; provided,
however, that if (A) in the case of a Registration Default described in
clause(i)(x), such Registration Default occurs for a continuous period in excess of 30 days
and (B) in the case of a Registration Default described in clause(i)(y) or (i)(z), such
Registration Default occurs for a period of more than 45 days in any three-month period or
more than an aggregate of 90 days in any 12-month period, then Additional Interest shall be
payable in accordance with the above paragraph from the day such Registration Default
occurs until such Registration Default is cured.

13

 

     (c) Any amounts of Additional Interest due pursuant to Section 6(a) will be payable in
cash on the regular interest payment dates with respect to the Securities. The amount of
Additional Interest will be determined by multiplying the applicable Additional Interest
Rate by the principal amount of the Securities and further multiplied by a fraction, the
numerator of which is the number of days such Additional Interest Rate was applicable
during such period (determined on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day
months), and the denominator of which is 360.

     (d) “Transfer Restricted Securities” means each Security until (i) the date on which
such Security has been exchanged by a person other than a broker-dealer for a freely
transferable Exchange Security in the Registered Exchange Offer, (ii) following the
exchange by a broker-dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer of an Initial Security for an
Exchange Security, the date on which such Exchange Security is sold to a purchaser who
receives from such broker-dealer on or prior to the date of such sale a copy of the
prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, (iii) the date on which
such Security has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in
accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement or (iv) the date on which such Security is
distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or is saleable
pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act.

     7. Agreement to Provide Information. The Issuer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to
file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act in a
timely manner and, if at any time the Issuer is not required to file such reports, it will, upon
the request of any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, make publicly available other
information so long as reasonably necessary to permit sales of their securities pursuant to Rules
144 and 144A. The Issuer will provide a copy of this Agreement to prospective purchasers of
Initial Securities identified to the Issuer by the Initial Purchasers upon request. Upon the
request of any Holder of Initial Securities, the Issuer shall deliver to such Holder a written
statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
nothing in this Section 7 shall be deemed to require the Company to register any of its securities
pursuant to the Exchange Act.

     8. Underwritten Registrations. If any of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by any
Shelf Registration are to be sold in an Underwritten Offering, the investment banker or investment
bankers and manager or managers that will administer the offering (“Managing Underwriters”) will be
selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Transfer Restricted
Securities to be included in such offering.

     No person may participate in any Underwritten Offering hereunder unless such person (i) agrees
to sell such person’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis reasonably provided in any
underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements
and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting
agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting
arrangements.

9. Miscellaneous.

     (a) Remedies. The Company acknowledges and agrees that any failure by the Company to
comply with its obligations under Section 1 and 2 hereof may result in material irreparable
injury to the Initial Purchasers or the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at
law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that,
in the event of any such failure, the Initial Purchasers or any Holder may obtain such
relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Company’s obligations under Sections
1 and 2 hereof. The Company further agrees to waive the defense in any action for specific
performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.

     (b) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company will not on or after the date of this
Agreement enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with
the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the
provisions hereof.

14

 

The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are
not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Company’s securities under
any agreement in effect on the date hereof.

(c) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended,
modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof
may not be given, except by the Company and the written consent of the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the Securities affected by such amendment, modification,
supplement, waiver or consents. Without the consent of the Holder of each Security,
however, no modification may change the provisions relating to the payment of Additional
Interest. Subject to the foregoing sentence, a waiver or consent to depart from the
provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of
Holders of Securities whose Securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement
and that does not directly or indirectly affect, impair, limit or compromise the rights of
other Holders of Securities may be given by Holders of at least a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Securities being sold pursuant to such Registration Statement.

(d) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder
shall be made in writing by hand delivery, first-class mail, facsimile transmission, or air
courier which guarantees overnight delivery:

     (1) if to a Holder of the Securities, at the most current address given by
such Holder to the Company.

(2) if to the Initial Purchasers;

c/o Credit Suisse First Boston LLC

Eleven Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10010-3629

Fax No.: (212) 325-8278

Attention: Transactions Advisory Group

with a copy to:

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

Worldwide Plaza

825 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Fax No.: (212) 474-3700

Attention: LizabethAnn R. Eisen

(3) if to the Company:

c/o Apollo Management V, L.P.

c/o Flag Holdings Corporation

9 West 57th Street

43rd Floor

New York, NY 10019

Attention: Eric L. Press

Facsimile: (212) 515-3253

with a copy to:

Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz

51 West 52nd Street

15

 

New York, NY 10019

Fax No.: (212) 403-2000

Attention: Andrew J. Nussbaum

     All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the
time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; three business days after being deposited
in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged by recipient’s
facsimile machine operator, if sent by facsimile transmission; and on the day delivered, if
sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

     (e) Third Party Beneficiaries. The Holders shall be third party beneficiaries to the
agreements made hereunder between the Company, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers,
on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the
extent they may deem such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect their rights or the
rights of Holders hereunder.

     (f) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and
their successors and assigns.

     (g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by
the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed
to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
agreement.

     Immediately upon consummation of the Merger, Metals USA will execute a counterpart to
this Agreement in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto and each Guarantor will execute a
counterpart to this Agreement in the form set forth in Exhibit B hereto.

     (h) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only
and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

     (i) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

     (j) Severability. If any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the
application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the
validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of
the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

     (k) Securities Held by the Company. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a
specified percentage of principal amount of Securities is required hereunder, Securities
held by the Company or its affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of Securities if such
subsequent Holders are deemed to be affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such
Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given
by the Holders of such required percentage.

     (l) Submission to Jurisdiction. The Company hereby submits to the non-exclusive
jurisdiction of the Federal and state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New
York in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the
transactions contemplated hereby.

16

 

     If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and
return to the Issuer a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts,
will become a binding agreement among the several Initial Purchasers, the Issuer and the Guarantors
in accordance with its terms.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Very truly yours,
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	FLAG ACQUISITION CORPORATION,
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	by 	 	/s/ M. ALI RASHID 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Name:	 	M. Ali Rashid 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Title: 	 	President 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	FLAG INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS CORPORATION,
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	by 	 	/s/ M. ALI RASHID 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Name:	 	M. Ali Rashid 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Title: 	 	President 

Signature page to the Registration Rights Agreement

17

 

The foregoing Registration Rights Agreement is
hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date
first above written.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, as representative of the Initial Purchasers,
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	by 	 	/s/ MALCOLM PRICE 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Name:	 	Malcolm Price 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Title: 	 	Managing Director 

Signature page to the Registration Rights Agreement

18

 

FORM OF COUNTERPART TO THE REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

TO BE EXECUTED BY METALS USA, INC.

COUNTERPART TO THE REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

     Upon the consummation of the Merger, the undersigned hereby agrees to assume and be bound by
all of the obligations of the Issuer under the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as
of November 30, 2005 (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), among Flag Acquisition Corporation, a
Delaware corporation, and the Initial Purchasers. The undersigned further agrees that all
references in the Registration Rights Agreement to the “Issuer” and the “Company” shall be
references to the undersigned. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, in this Counterpart to the
Registration Rights Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Registration Rights
Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, such obligations shall include, but not be limited to, the
obligations enumerated in Section 5(a) thereof.

     Dated: November 30, 2005

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Very truly yours,
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	FLAG ACQUISITION CORPORATION,
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	By 	 	/s/ LOURENCO GONCALVES 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Name:	 	Lourenco Goncalves 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Title: 	 	President and CEO 

Signature page to the Counterpart to the Registration Rights Agreement

 

 

FORM OF COUNTERPART TO THE REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

TO BE EXECUTED BY THE GUARANTORS

COUNTERPART TO THE REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

     Upon consummation of the Merger, the undersigned hereby agrees to be bound by all the
obligations of a Guarantor under the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration
Rights Agreement”) dated as of the date hereof, among Flag Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware
corporation, and the Initial Purchasers. The undersigned further agrees that all references in the
Registration Rights Agreement to the “Guarantors” and the “Company” shall be references to the
undersigned. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, in this Counterpart to the Registration
Rights Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Registration Rights Agreement. For
the avoidance of doubt, such obligations shall include, but not be limited to, the obligations
enumerated in Section 5(a) thereof.

     Dated: November 30, 2005

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	ALLMET GP, INC.
	 	 	ALLMET LP, INC.
	 	 	INTERSTATE STEEL SUPPLY CO. OF MARYLAND, INC.
	 	 	INTSEL GP, INC.
	 	 	INTSEL LP, INC.
	 	 	I-SOLUTIONS DIRECT, INC.
	 	 	JEFFREYS REAL ESTATE CORPORATION
	 	 	LEVINSON STEEL GP, INC.
	 	 	LEVINSON STEEL LP, INC.
	 	 	METALS RECEIVABLES CORPORATION
	 	 	METALS USA BUILDING PRODUCTS, L.P.
	 

	 	 	 	By:
	 	Allmet GP, Inc., its General Partner
	 	 	METALS USA CARBON FLAT ROLLED, INC.
	 	 	METALS USA FINANCE CORP.
	 	 	METALS USA FLAT ROLLED CENTRAL, INC.
	 	 	METALS USA MANAGEMENT CO, L.P.
	 

	 	 	 	By:
	 	MUSA GP, Inc., its General Partner
	 	 	METALS USA PLATES AND SHAPES NORTHEAST, L.P.
	 

	 	 	 	By:
	 	Levinson Steel GP, Inc., its General Partner
	 	 	METALS USA PLATES AND SHAPES SOUTHCENTRAL, INC.
	 	 	METALS USA PLATES AND SHAPES SOUTHEAST, INC.
	 	 	METALS USA PLATES AND SHAPES SOUTHWEST, LMITED PARTNERSHIP
	 

	 	 	 	By:
	 	Intsel GP, Inc., its General Partner
	 	 	METALS USA REALTY COMPANY
	 	 	METALS USA SPECIALTY METALS NORTHCENTRAL, INC.
	 	 	MUSA GP, INC.
	 	 	MUSA LP, INC.
	 	 	QUEENSBORO, L.L.C.
	 

	 	 	 	By:
	 	Metals USA Plates and Shapes Southeast,
Inc., its sole Member

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	/s/ KEITH KOCI	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

Name: Keith Koci
	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Title: Treasurer	 	 

Signature page to the Counterpart to the Registration Rights Agreement

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	JEFFREYS STEEL HOLDINGS, L.L.C.	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	/s/ JOHN A. HAGEMAN	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

Name: John A. Hageman
	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Title: Manager	 	 

Signature page to the Counterpart to the Registration Rights Agreement

 

 

ANNEX A

     Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the
Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such Exchange Securities. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by
delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter”
within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented
from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities
received in exchange for Initial Securities where such Initial Securities were acquired by such
broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has
agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date (as defined herein), it will make
this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See
“Plan of Distribution.”

 

 

ANNEX B

     Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for
Initial Securities, where such Initial Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result
of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

 

ANNEX C

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the
Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such Exchange Securities. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time,
may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in
exchange for Initial Securities where such Initial Securities were acquired as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of
180 days after the Expiration Date, it will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented,
available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until      ,
200 , all dealers effecting transactions in the Exchange Securities may be required to deliver a
prospectus.1

     The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Securities by
broker-dealers. Exchange Securities received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to
the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the
over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange
Securities or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of
resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale
may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation
in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such
Exchange Securities. Any broker-dealer that resells Exchange Securities that were received by it
for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a
distribution of such Exchange Securities may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of
the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of Exchange Securities and any commission or
concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the
Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and
by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter”
within the meaning of the Securities Act.

     For a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date the Company will promptly send additional
copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this Prospectus to any broker-dealer
that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. The Company has agreed to pay all
expenses incident to the Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the Holders of
the Securities) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify
the Holders of the Securities (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

			
	1	 	In addition, the legend required by Item
502(e) of Regulation S-K will appear on the inside front cover page of the
Exchange Offer prospectus below the Table of Contents.

 

 

ANNEX D

[ ] CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE
PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

Name: _____________________________________

Address: ___________________________________

If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in,
and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Securities. If the undersigned is a
broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Initial
Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities,
it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange
Securities; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not
be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00100-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00100-of-00352.parquet"}]]